COME JOH (US)
COURT JOHN (US)
GALE-DAY ZACHARY (US)
GU WENXIN (US)
JACKSON KATRINA (US)
MAGAVI SANJAY (US)
NANTHAKUMAR SUGANTHINI (US)
RONKIN STEVEN (US)
SWETT REBECCA (US)
TANG QING (US)
WO2005075435A1 | 2005-08-18 | |||
WO2015070034A1 | 2015-05-14 | |||
WO2009076142A2 | 2009-06-18 |
US20160289211A1 | 2016-10-06 |
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 16 September 2009 (2009-09-16), XP002778096, accession no. 1185155-92-3 Database accession no. 1185155-92-3
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 9 August 2012 (2012-08-09), XP002778097, accession no. 1388354-28-6 Database accession no. 1388354-28-6
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 30 April 2014 (2014-04-30), XP002778098, accession no. 1594404-96-2 Database accession no. 1594404-96-2
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 28 April 2014 (2014-04-28), XP002778099, accession no. 1592107-33-9 Database accession no. 1592107-33-9
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 8 August 2012 (2012-08-08), XP002778100, accession no. 1388019-14-4 Database accession no. 1388019-14-4
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 12 August 2012 (2012-08-12), XP002778101, accession no. 1390128-33-2 Database accession no. 1390128-33-2
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 29 July 2009 (2009-07-29), XP002778102, accession no. 1170133-01-3 Database accession no. 1170133-01-3
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 16 September 2009 (2009-09-16), XP002778103, accession no. 1185047-42-0 Database accession no. 1185047-42-0
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 2 August 2012 (2012-08-02), XP002778104, accession no. 1385535-03-4 Database accession no. 1385535-03-4
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 10 September 2009 (2009-09-10), XP002778105, accession no. 1181884-67-2 Database accession no. 1181884-67-2
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 2 August 2009 (2009-08-02), XP002778106, accession no. 1171416-08-2 Database accession no. 1171416-08-2
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 15 April 2009 (2009-04-15), XP002778107, accession no. 1135016-17-9 Database accession no. 1135016-17-9
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 22 November 2009 (2009-11-22), XP002778108, accession no. 1193168-35-2 Database accession no. 1193168-35-2
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 14 May 2014 (2014-05-14), XP002778109, accession no. 1604976-98-8 Database accession no. 1604976-98-8
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 25 October 2009 (2009-10-25), XP002778110, accession no. 1190005-13-0 Database accession no. 1190005-13-0
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 16 September 2009 (2009-09-16), XP002778111, accession no. 1185100-77-9 Database accession no. 1185100-77-9
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 18 August 2011 (2011-08-18), XP002778112, accession no. 1319440-14-6 Database accession no. 1319440-14-6
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 22 August 2011 (2011-08-22), XP002778113, accession no. 1321390-89-9 Database accession no. 1321390-89-9
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 22 August 2011 (2011-08-22), XP002778114, accession no. 1321371-00-9 Database accession no. 1321371-00-9
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 19 August 2011 (2011-08-19), XP002778115, accession no. 1320299-04-4 Database accession no. 1320299-04-4
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 21 August 2011 (2011-08-21), XP002778116, accession no. 1320809-94-6 Database accession no. 1320809-94-6
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 20 March 2014 (2014-03-20), XP002778117, accession no. 1570548-69-4 Database accession no. 1570548-69-4
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 14 March 2014 (2014-03-14), XP002778118, accession no. 1568570-30-8 Database accession no. 1568570-30-8
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 29 September 2015 (2015-09-29), XP002778119, accession no. 1808366-80-4 Database accession no. 1808366-80-4
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 9 April 2014 (2014-04-09), XP002778120, accession no. 1582488-28-5 Database accession no. 1582488-28-5
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 9 April 2014 (2014-04-09), XP002778121, accession no. 1582181-09-6 Database accession no. 1582181-09-6
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 14 November 2016 (2016-11-14), XP002778122, accession no. 2030881-54-8 Database accession no. 2030881-54-8
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 14 November 2016 (2016-11-14), XP002778123, accession no. 2030881-55-9 Database accession no. 2030881-55-9
DATABASE REGISTRY [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 29 September 2015 (2015-09-29), XP002778124, accession no. 1808668-01-0 Database accession no. 1808668-01-0
RASMUSSEN ET AL., NEUROCHEM. RES., vol. 19, no. 8, 1994, pages 1073 - 82
POULOS ET AL., ANN NEUROL., vol. 36, no. 5, 1994, pages 741 - 6
VOGEL ET AL., MOL. GENET. METAB., vol. 114, no. 4, 2015, pages 599 - 603
"HANDBOOK OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS"
M. LOUDON; J. PARISE: "ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", 2016, W.H. FREEMAN & CO.
M.B. SMITH: "MARCH'S ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", 2013, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
GREENE, T.W.; WUTS, P. G: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, JOHN WILEY & SONS
S. L. HARBESON; R. D. TUNG: "Deuterium In Drug Discovery and Development", ANN. REP. MED. CHEM., vol. 46, 2011, pages 403 - 417, XP055422117, DOI: doi:10.1016/B978-0-12-386009-5.00003-5
HANZLIK ET AL., J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 55, 1990, pages 3992 - 3997
REIDER ET AL., J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 52, 1987, pages 3326 - 3334
FOSTER, ADV. DRUG RES., vol. 14, 1985, pages 1 - 40
GILLETTE ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 33, no. 10, 1994, pages 2927 - 2937
JARMAN ET AL., CARCINOGENESIS, vol. 16, no. 4, 1993, pages 683 - 688
MOSSER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 361, 1993, pages 726 - 730
JAKOBSSON A. ET AL., PROG. LIPID RES., vol. 45, 2006, pages 237 - 249
T. SASSA ET AL., J. LIPID RES., vol. 55, no. 3, 2014, pages 524 - 530
A. PUJOL ET AL., HUMAN MOLECULAR GENETICS, vol. 11, 2002, pages 499 - 505
R. ORFMAN ET AL., EMBO MOL. MED., vol. 2, 2010, pages 90 - 97
R.W. WHITCOMB ET AL., J. CLIN. INVEST., vol. 81, 1988, pages 185 - 188
J.K. HO ET AL., J. CLIN. INVEST., vol. 96, 1995, pages 1455 - 1463
R.A. KNAZEK ET AL., J. CLIN. INVEST., vol. 72, 1983, pages 245 - 248
S. FOURCADE ET AL., HUM. MOL. GENET., vol. 17, 2008, pages 1762 - 1773
J.M. POWERS ET AL., J. NEUROPATHOL. EXP., vol. 64, 2005, pages 1067 - 1079
S. M. BERGE ET AL.: "pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail", J. PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
"REMINGTON: THE SCIENCE AND PRACTICE OF PHARMACY", 2000, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS
ORG. LETT., vol. 10, 2008, pages 573
CLAIMS What is claimed is: 1. A chemical entity, which is a free compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formula (I) has the structure, (I), wherein:
each of R1a and R1b independently is H, ‐C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐OH, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐ORJ1, ‐ (C(RJ1a a 2))1‐2‐SRJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ1 2))1‐2‐NHRJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐NRJ1 2, C3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R1a and R1b are attached, wherein each instance of RJ1 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ1a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl; or R1a and R1b, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3‐6cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to which R1a and R1b are attached; wherein each of said C3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(RJ1a J1a 2))0‐2‐OH, ‐(C(R 2))0‐2‐ORJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐SRJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ1, and –(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐ NRJ1 2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, wherein each instance of RJ1 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ1a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, or C1‐4 haloalkyl; R2 is phenyl or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐ OH, ‐(C(RJ2a J2 2a 2))0‐2‐OR , ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐SRJ1, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ2, ‐(C(RJ 2))0‐2‐NRJ2 2, ‐C(O)RJ2, and ‐CN, wherein each instance of RJ2 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ2a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a substituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
R3 is phenyl, or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐ OH, ‐(C(RJ3a J3 2))0‐2‐OR , ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐SRJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NRJ3 2, ‐C(O)RJ3, and ‐CN, wherein each instance of RJ3 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ3a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, or C1‐4 haloalkyl; each of R4a and R4b independently is ‐H, halo, C1‐4 alkyl and Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C1‐4 alkyl)‐; wherein 0 to 6 hydrogen atoms of said compound of Formula (I) are optionally replaced with deuterium; provided that the compound of Formula (I) is not
2. The chemical entity of claim 1, wherein each of R1a and R1b independently is H, ‐C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐OH, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐ORJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐SRJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐NHRJ1, ‐ (C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐NRJ1 2, C3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R1a and R1b are attached, wherein each instance of RJ1 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ1a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl; or R1a and R1b, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3‐6cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to which R1a and R1b are attached; wherein each of said C3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐OH, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐ORJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐SRJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ1, and –(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐ NRJ1 2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
3. The chemical entity of claim 1 or 2, which is a chemical entity of Formula (II):
wherein: A is a C3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S; wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached; each instance of R5 independently is selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐OH, ‐ (C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐ORJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐SRJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ1, and –(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐NRJ1 2 or two geminal R5, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; n5 is 0, 1 or 2.
4. The chemical entity of claim 3, wherein A is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or oxetanyl.
5. The chemical entity of claim 1 or 2, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III): wherein: each of R6a and R6b independently is ‐H, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐OH, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐ORJ1, ‐ (C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐SRJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐NHRJ1, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))1‐2‐NRJ1 2, C3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R1a and R1b are attached, wherein each instance of RJ1 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ1a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl.
6. The chemical entity of claim 1 or 2, which is a chemical entity of Formula (A):
wherein: each instance of R7 independently is selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐OH, ‐ (C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐ORJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐SRJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NRJ3 2, ‐C(O)RJ3, and ‐CN, wherein each instance of RJ3 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ3a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl; and n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
7. The chemical entity of claim 1 or 2, which is a chemical entity of Formula (B): wherein: one of X1, X2 and X3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms; each instance of R8 independently is selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐OH, ‐ (C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐ORJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐SRJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NRJ3 2, ‐C(O)RJ3, and ‐CN, wherein each instance of RJ3 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ3a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, or C1‐4 haloalkyl; and n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
8. The chemical entity of claim 7, wherein X1 is N, and X2 and X3 are carbon atoms; or X2 is N, and X1 and X3 are carbon atoms; or X3 is N, and X1 and X2 are carbon atoms.
9. The chemical entity of claim 1 or 2, which is a chemical entity of Formula (C):
wherein: B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms; each instance of R9 independently is selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐OH, ‐ (C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐ORJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐SRJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ3, ‐(C(RJ3a 2))0‐2‐NRJ3 2, ‐C(O)RJ3, and ‐CN, wherein each instance of RJ3 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ3a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl; and n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
10. The chemical entity of claim 1 or 2, which is a chemical entity of Formula (1): wherein: each instance of R10 independently is selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐OH, ‐ (C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐ORJ2, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐SRJ2, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ2, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐NRJ2 2, ‐C(O)RJ2, and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; wherein each instance of RJ2 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ2a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each of said C5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
11 Th h mi l n i f l im 1 r 2 hi h i h mi l n i f F rm la (3):
wherein: D is 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; each instance of R12 independently is selected from halo, C1‐4 alkyl, C1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐OH, ‐ (C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐ORJ2, ‐(C(RJ1a 2))0‐2‐SRJ2, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐NH2, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐NHRJ2, ‐(C(RJ2a 2))0‐2‐NRJ2 2, ‐C(O)RJ2, and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; wherein each instance of RJ2 is independently C1‐3 alkyl or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of RJ2a is independently H, C1‐3 alkyl, or C1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each of said C5‐7 carbocycle and said 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and n12 is 0, 1, 2 or 3. 12. A chemical entity selected from the list of free compounds in Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐(2‐fluoro‐4‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 87) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
14. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐(2‐fluoro‐4‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 87). 15. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound 2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 169) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound 1‐phenyl‐N‐[1‐(4‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 100) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
17. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound N‐[1‐(5‐fluoro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]‐1‐phenyl‐cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 201) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
18. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐pyrimidin‐4‐ylpyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 206) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
19. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound 1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐pyrimidin‐4‐ylpyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 207) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
20. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound 1‐(2,6‐difluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 267) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
21. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound (2S)‐2‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐yl)propanamide (Compound 20) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
22. The chemical entity according to claim 1, which is the free compound 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐thiazol‐2‐ylpyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 92) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 23. The chemical entity according to any one of claims 1‐12 and 15‐22, which is a free compound of Formula (I).
24. The chemical entity according to any one of claims 1‐13 and 15‐22, which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula (I).
25. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a chemical entity of any one of claims 1‐24 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or excipient.
26. A method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the chemical entity of any one of claims 1‐24 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 25.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is associated with (1) one or more mutations of ABCD1 transporter protein, (2) impaired peroxisomal beta‐oxidation, (3) mutations of at least one of Acyl‐CoA oxidase, D‐Bifunctional protein, or ACBD5, or (4) accumulation of very long chain fatty acid (VLCFA) levels.
28. A method of treating ALD comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a chemical entity of any of claims 1‐24 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 25.
29. A method of reduction of very long chain fatty acids (VLCFA) levels in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a chemical entity of any of claims 1‐24 or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 25.
30. A method of preparing the chemical entity of any one of claims 1‐24, comprising step (z): coupling a compound of formula: with a compound of formula: under conditions suitable to make the chemical entity.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein step (z) comprises converting the compound of formula: to a compound of formula: under conditions suitable to make the chemical entity; and coupling the compound of formula:
with the compound of formula: under conditions suitable to make the chemical entity.
32. The method of claim 30 or 31, further comprising, prior to step (z), step (y): reducing a compound of formula: under conditions suitable to make the compound of formula: for use in step (z). 33. The method of claim 32, further comprising, prior to step (y), step (x): coupling a compound of formula: with a compound of formula R3‐X, wherein X is a halide, under conditions suitable to make the compound of formula:
|
[1] Adrenoleukodystrophy (ALD) (also known as X‐linked adrenoleukodystrophy or X‐ adrenoleukodystrophy (X‐ALD)) patients suffer from de bilitating, and often fatal, neurological effects and adrenal insufficiency often associated with one o r more mutations in the ATP binding cassette transporter D1 (ABCD1) gene. ABCD1 plays a critical role in very long chain fatty acid (VLCFA) degradation and, as such, ALD patients typically have elevated VLCFA levels that are thought to be causative of the pathology in ALD. The prevalence of ALD is 1 in 20,000 to 50,000 individuals worldwide. The overall incidence of ALD is estimate d to be 1 in 17,000 newborns (males and females). In males there are two predominant phenotypes: cerebr al ALD (CALD) and adrenomyeloneuropathy (AMN). CALD is the more extreme form, which presents with rapidly progressive inflammatory demyelination of the brain, leading to rapid cognitive and neurological decline. If untreated, CALD patients die within approximately 2 years of symptom onset. Over the course of their lifetime, approximately 60% of males with ALD will develop CAL D, most frequently between the ages of about 3 and about 12 (35 to 40%), with continued (albeit decreasing) risk during adulthood. Adult males with ALD will develop adrenomyeloneuropathy (AMN), a slowly progressive axonopathy with first symptoms appearing around 20 to 30 years of age. AMN is characterized by chronic myelopathy with progressive spastic paraparesis, sensory ataxia, sphincter dysfunction and impotence, commonly associated with primary adrenocortical and/or testicula r insufficiency. Approximately 7,000 to 10,000 males in the US and EU combined will develop AMN. Women with ALD are also affected and not merely carriers: >80% of these individuals develop signs and symptoms of myelopathy by the age of 60 years. Approximately 12,000 to 15,000 women in the US and EU combined will eventually develop AMN. Female ABCD1 heterozygotes exhibit approximately half the plasma VLCFA elevation observed in males, never develop the cerebral form of the di sease, and develop more modest, but debilitating, AMN‐like symptoms later in life. Therefore, about a 50% to about a 75% reduction in VLCFA levels relative to a patient’s baseline VLCFA level may b e sufficient to prevent cerebral ALD, delay onset, and/or reduce disease severity and progression.
[2] Mutations in any of three separate genes in the VLC FA degradation pathway have been associated with VLCFA accumulation and demyelinating diseases in humans. In addition to mutations in ABCD1, mutations in Acyl‐CoA oxidase (ACOX1) or D‐Bifunctional protein (DBP) also are associated with accumulation of VLCFA and demyelinating disorders, sup porting the hypothesis that increased VLCFA cause the underlying pathophysiology of ALD.
SUMMARY
[3] There are few treatment options available for ALD patients and their families. One treatment for CALD is an allogenic hematopoietic stem cell transpla nt (HSCT), but this is effective only if the diseas e is identified early and a match can be found. All ogenic HSCT is a high‐risk procedure, with signific ant mortality associated with the ablation procedure and graft versus host disease. HSCT is currently used for children affected with CALD; limited data is ava ilable regarding effectiveness in adults with CALD, and it has no effect on the subsequent development of AMN in adults. Another treatment for ALD, though not approved for such, has been Lorenzo’s o il (LO). Research has suggested that LO has not been able to correct accumulation of VLCFA in brains of ALD patients (Rasmussen et al., Neurochem. Res. (1994) 19(8):1073‐82; Poulos et al., Ann Neuro l. (1994) 36(5):741‐6). Accordingly, there is a n eed for the development of therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of ALD (for example, CALD, AMN, or both) or other disorders associated with deficiency in very long‐chain fatty acids (VLCFA) degradation, associated with deficiency in VLCFA transport into the peroxisomes, associated with accumulation of very long‐chain fatty acids (VLCFA), or associated with a benefit from a treatment that lowers VLCFA levels. Deficiency of ABCD1 protein (also known as ALD protein) can lead to transport defects of VLCFA into the peroxisome due t o, for example, loss of protein expression or the protein being misfunctional or non‐functional. Defi ciency of Acyl‐CoA Binding Domain Containing 5 (ACBD5), Acyl‐CoA oxidase (ACOX1), or D‐Bifunctional protein can lead to defects in VLCFA degradation within the peroxisome due to, for example, loss of protein expression or the protein being misfunctional or non‐functional.
[4] The chemical entities provided herein can reduce VLCFA levels (also referred to herein as VLCFA concentration) and can be useful for treating (includ ing reducing symptoms of, preventing the onset of, or both) ALD and other diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with accumulation of VLCFA, associated with impaired peroxisomal function (e.g., impaired transport of VLCFA into the peroxisomes or impaired degradation/metabolism of VLCFA (e.g., impaired peroxisomal oxidation within peroxisomes)), or associated with a benefit fr om a treatment that lowers VLCFA levels. In some embodiments, the chemical entities provided herein can enter the central nervous system (CNS) (e.g., brain, spinal cord, or both). Therefore, in some e mbodiments, the chemical entities can reduce VLCFA levels in the CNS. In some embodiments, the chemic al entities provided herein can reversibly reduce VLCFA levels. Reversibly reducing VLCFA means that the VLCFA levels are reduced when a cell or subject is treated with a chemical entity herein and , when treatment with a chemical entity has been stopped or discontinued, the VLCFA levels return back to about the VLCFA baseline levels prior to treatment. Thus, in some aspects the present invention relates to chemical entities (i.e., free compounds represented by a structure of Formula (I), such as free compounds of Formula (II), (III), (A), (B), (C), (1), (3), (II.A), (II.B), (II.C), (II .1), (III.A), (III.B), (III.C), (III.1), (A.1), (B.1), (C.1), (II.A.1), (II.B.1), (II.C.1), (III.A.1), (III.A.1a), (III.A.1b), (III.A.3), (III.B.1) and/or (III.C.1), including compounds descri bed herein such as those in Table 1, and pharmaceuticall y acceptable salts thereof) useful for reduction of VLCFA levels. The chemical entities can be useful for treating ALD and other diseases, disorders, or conditions described above and herein. The present invention also relates to pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising the chemical entitie s described herein; methods of reduction of VLCFA levels (e.g., in a cell; in a subject) using the chemical entities described herein; methods of treating of various diseases, disorders, and condition s using the chemical entities described herein; chemical entities for use in a method of reduction of VLCFA levels or treating of various diseases, disorders, and conditions described herein; use of the chemical entities described herein or pharmaceutical composition comprising the chemical enti ties described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for reduction of VLCFA levels or for t reating various diseases, disorders, and conditions described herein; processes for preparing the chemical entities described herein; intermediates useful in the preparation of the chemical entities described herein; and methods of using the chemical entities in in vitro applications.
[5] In some aspects, the present invention provides a ch emical entity (a "provided chemical entity") which is a free compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutic ally acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formula (I) has the structure, (I), wherein:
each of R 1a and R 1b independently is ‐H, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached, wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or
R 1a and R 1b , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ri ng heteroatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached; wherein each of said C 3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together wi th the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms sel ected from O, N, and S,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; R 2 is phenyl or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6‐me mbered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently s elected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein optionally two adjacent substituents of said phenyl together form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the met hylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
R 3 is phenyl, or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6‐me mbered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently s elected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, C 1‐4 alkyl and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐;
wherein 0 to 6 hydrogen atoms of said compound of Formula (I) are optionally replaced with deuterium;
[6] In some embodiments, each of R 1a and R 1b independently is ‐H, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1 2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heter ocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N, and S,
wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heteroc ycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or
R 1a and R 1b , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to whic h R 1a and R 1b are attached; wherein each of said C 3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ NR J1
2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together wi th the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S
[7] In some aspects, the present invention provides a ph armaceutical composition comprising a chemical entity described herein (i.e., free compound, a pharm aceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a mixture of free compound and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or excipient.
[8] In some aspects, the present invention provides a me thod for treating a disease, disorder or condition responsive to reduction of VLCFA levels in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of a chemical entity described herei n. In some embodiments, the subject can be a mammal. In some embodiments, the subject can be a human. In some embodiments, the subject has ALD.
[9] In some aspects, the present invention provides a me thod of treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a subject with ALD, its phenotypes, or other disease, disorder or condition responsive to reduction of VLCFA levels in a subject. Examples of symptoms include, but are not limited to, decreased sensitivity to stimulus (e.g., in appendages and hands), seizures, coma, death, bladder misfunction, sphincter dysfunction, misfunction of gait, ability to walk, inability to see/hear, those associated with adrenal gland insufficiency (e.g., weakness/fatigue, nausea, abdominal pain, low blood pressure), or associated with peripheral ne uropathy.
[10] In some aspects, the present invention provides a me thod for reduction of VLCFA levels. In some embodiments, the reduction is reversible. In some emb odiments, the reduction can be achieved in a cell (e.g., the cell used in an in vitro assay; cell in vitro; or cell ex vivo), the cell of a patient, by administering to the patient, or to the cell of the patient, or to a biological sample from the patien t and comprising the cell, an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein. In some embodiments, the reduction can be achieved in a tiss ue, e.g., the tissue of a patient, by administering to the patient, or to the tissue of the patient, o r to a biological sample from the patient and compr ising the tissue, an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein. In certain embodiments, the tissue can be brain tissue, adrenal gland tissue, mu scle tissue, nerve (e.g., peripheral nerve) tissue, adipose tissue, testes tissue, eye tissue, or liver tissue. In some embodiments, the reduction can be achieved in a biological fluid, e.g., the biological fluid of a patient, by administering to the patient , or to the biological fluid of the patient, or to a sa mple from the patient and comprising the biological fluid, an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein. In certain embodiments, the biological fluid can be cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), bl ood, or any fraction of blood, e.g., serum, or can be from the skin (e.g., skin oil).
[11] In some aspects, the present invention provides metho ds of preparing the chemical entities of Formula (I), such as chemical entities of Formula (I I), (III), (A), (B), (C), (1), (3), (II.A), (II.B), (II.C), (II.1), (III.A), (III.B), (III.C), (III.1), (A.1), (B.1), (C.1 ), (II.A.1), (II.B.1), (II.C.1), (III.A.1), (III.A.1a), (III.A.1b), (III.A.3), (III.B.1) and/or (III.C.1), including compou nds described further herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[12] FIG. 1 shows dose response in adrenoleukodystrophy (A LD) patient fibroblasts (AMN 1, CALD 1, AMN 2) and healthy human fibroblasts (Healthy 1, Hea lthy 2) (FIG. 1A), ALD patient B‐lymphocytes (CALD 1, Heterozygous (Het) Female 1, Heterozygous (H et) Female 2) (FIG. 1B), and human microglia (FIG. 1C) with administration of Compound 87. In F IG. 1A, FIG. 1B, and FIG. 1C, the level of VLCFA, lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC), was measured in human f ibroblast and lymphocyte cells (FIG. 1A and 1B, respectively) from both ALD and healthy patients and in human microglia cells, each grown with 1 3 C‐acetate in the presence of increasing concen trations of Compound 87 for about 48 hr. The LPC level is depicted as C26:0 LPC/C16:0 LPC level, indi cating that the C26:0 LPC measurement was normalized (i.e., divided by) the C16:0 LPC measureme nt, for example, as shown in FIG. 1A, FIG. 1B, and FIG. 1C, via mass spectroscopy. AMN: adrenomyel oneuropathy; AMN 1 are cells from one male patient and AMN 2 are cells from a different male patient; he CALD 1 cell line from which fibroblasts in FIG. 1A were derived is different from the CALD 1 cell line from which B‐lymphocytes in FIG. 1B were derived; Het Female 1 are cells from one heter ozygous female and Het Female 2 are cells from a different heterozygous female; healthy 1 and health y 2 are control cell lines from two human fibroblast cell lines in which the humans do not ha ve ABCD1 mutations.
[13] FIG. 2 shows reduction of a VLCFA level, specificall y C26:0 LPC level in vivo in blood following administration of Compound 87, from ABCD1 knockout (K O) mice, wild‐type (WT) rats, and cynomolgous monkeys, each as further described below. ABCD1 KO mice received no treatment, vehicle (2% D‐α‐Tocopherol polyethylene glycol 100 0 succinate (TPGS)), or 1, 8, or 16 mg/kg Compound 87 PO QD daily for 14 days (FIG. 2A). W T and ABCD1 KO mice received 0.5 to 64 mg/kg Compound 87 PO QD and LPC levels, depicted as C26:0 LPC/C16:0 LPC level, were examined after 28 days of dosing (FIG. 2B). WT rats received 2% TPG S vehicle or 30, 100, or 300 mg/kg Compound 87 PO QD for 7 days and LPC levels, depicted as C26:0 LPC/C16:0 LPC level, were examined (FIG. 2C). Male Cynomolgous monkeys received 30 mg/kg Compound 8 7 PO QD for 7 days and LPC levels, depicted as C26:0 LPC/C16:0 LPC level, were examined (FIG. 2D). Compound 87 was dosed PO QD at 1 and 10 mg/kg to adult female ABCD1 KO mice ( n = 6), with groups analyzed at 3 months and, as shown, and LPC levels, depicted as C26:0 LPC/C16:0 L PC level, in the blood were maintained at near WT levels through 3 months dosing (FIG. 2E; P value s versus ABCD1 KO vehicle controls (*** P≤0.001, **** P≤0.0001); error bars indicate stand ard deviation). Discontinuation of Compound 87 returns blood LPC levels, depicted as C26:0 LPC/C16:0 LPC level, to about baseline level in adult female ABCD1 KO mice (n=5) (FIG. 2F; error bars ind icate standard deviation. For FIG. 2A to FIG. 2F, the vehicle used was 2% D‐α‐Tocopherol polyethyle ne glycol 1000 succinate (TPGS) and Compound 87 doses were prepared in 2% TPGS. As used here in, mpk means mg/kg.
[14] FIG. 3 shows reduction of VLCFA level, specifically C24:0 LPC level and C26:0 LPC level, in the brain following administration of Compound 87 in adul t female ABCD1 KO mice. ABCD1 KO mice received vehicle (n=6), 1 mg/kg Compound 87 (n=6), o r 10 mg/kg Compound 87 (n=6) PO QD for 3 months. WT mice also received vehicle for 3 months (n=6). Ten mg/kg Compound 87 in ABCD1 KO mice induced significant reduction in brain C24:0 LPC (FIG. 3E) and in brain C26:0 LPC level (about 40% reduction for C26:0 LPC level) (FIG. 3F), with 1 mg/kg Compound 87 showing about a 30% reduction in brain C26:0 LPC level, each after 3 mo nths of dosing. Levels of other LPC are shown for comparison (FIG. 3A: C16:0 LPC; FIG. 3B: C18:0 LPC; FIG. 3C: C20:0 LPC; FIG. 3D: C22:0 LPC). Data shown for C18:0, C20:0, C22:0, C24:0, and C26:0 LPCs were normalized by the C16:0 LPC signal counts. P values versus ABCD1 KO vehicle controls are indicated as follows: *P≤0.05, ** P≤0.01, *** P≤0.001, **** P≤0.0001; error bars indicate standa rd deviation.
[15] Fig. 4 shows reduction of VLCFA level, specifically C24:0 SC‐VLCFA level and C26:0 SC‐VLCFA level, in the brain following administration of Compo und 87, in wild‐type mice (n=6) and adult female ABCD1 KO mice (n=6) for 3 months. Mice recei ved vehicle (2% TPGS), 1 mg/kg Compound 87 or 10 mg/kg Compound 87 PO QD for 3 months. Ten mg/kg Compound 87 induced a significant reduction in brain C24:0 SC‐VLCFA level and in bra in C26:0 SC‐VLCFA level (about a 65% reduction in brain C26:0 VLCFA level), each after 3 months of do sing (** P<0.01, **** P<0.0001, respectively) (FIG. 4E and FIG. 4F, respectively). Levels of other VLCFA are shown for comparison (FIG. 4A: C16:0 VLCFA; FIG. 4B: C18:0 VLCFA; FIG. 4C: C20:0 VLCFA; FIG. 4D: C22:0 VLCFA). [16] FIG. 5 shows the response latency (in seconds) of m ale ABCD1 KO mice that received prophylactic or therapeutic dosing of Compound 87 in response to an infrared source on each hind paw. FIG. 5A shows the response latency from the prophylactic dosing of Compound 87 PO QD at 5mg/kg (data shown with squares), Compound 87 PO QD at 20 mg/kg (data shown with triangles), and 2% TPGS vehicle (data shown with circles) (n = 8‐10 mice per group). FIG. 5B shows the response latency from the therapeutic dosing of Compo und 87 PO QD at 32 mg/kg (data shown with squares), Compound 87 PO QD at 64 mg/kg (data shown with triangles), and 2% TPGS vehicle (data shown with circles) (n = 8‐10 mice per group). In FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B, the dashed line indicates historical WT mouse responses, error bars indicate st andard error of the mean, and * corresponds to Tukey’s post‐hoc test between groups and indic ates a significant difference from vehicle treated mice during that month.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Chemical Entities
[17] As used herein, the term "chemical entity" refers to a compound having a structure identified by a specific or generic structural formula, and/or a p harmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When a salt form is specifically intended, the term "pharmac eutically acceptable salt" is used. When a non‐ salt form is specifically intended, the term "free c ompound", or a variant such as "free acid" or "free base", is used. The term "compound" is used herein variously to refer to a chemical entity or specifically to a free compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, as informed by context. Thus, statements herein regarding "compounds" apply equally to chemical entities and, as applicable, vice‐ versa. Accordingly, no significance is intended by th e use of "chemical entity" in some contexts and "compound" in others with respect to the description of the compound. For example, a reference to "compounds of Tables A ‐ E" or “compounds of Ta ble 1” is intended to include both free compounds and salt forms, unless otherwise specified or clear from context.
[18] As used herein, the term “a free compound of form ula (n),” where “(n)” refers to any Formula or embodiments thereof described herein (e.g., Formula (I ), including one or more of Formula (II), (III), (A), (B), (C), (1), (3), (II.A), (II.B), (II.C), (II .1), (III.A), (III.B), (III.C), (III.1), (A.1), (B.1), (C.1), (II.A.1), (II.B.1), (II.C.1), (III.A.1), (III.A.1a), (III.A.1b), (III.A.3), (III.B.1) and/or (III.C.1), and embodiments thereof) refers to the non‐salt form, i.e., free base, free acid, or neutral form which is not a salt unless otherwi se specified. For example, a free base or free acid compound may comprise an ionizable group (e.g., a basic nitrogen or an acidic group such as a carboxy lic acid or phenol) that is in neutral form and no t ionized (e.g., to form a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a free base or free acid compound).
[19] As used herein, the term “a pharmaceutically accept able salt of a free compound of Formula (n)” means a compound of Formula (n) in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form unless otherwise specified. For example, when a free compound compri ses an ionizable group (e.g., a basic nitrogen or an acidic group such as a carboxylic acid or ph enol) that is ionized, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the free compound can be formed which has a suitable counterion.
[20] The chemical entities provided herein can be useful for reduction of VLCFA levels or for treating disorders related to impaired peroxisomal function (e.g., impaired transport of VLCFA into the peroxisomes or impaired VLCFA degradation/metabolism wi thin the peroxisomes) or accumulation of very long‐chain fatty acids (VLCFA). In some embodiments, the chemical entities are useful for treating disorders associated with deficiency or mutations of at least one of ABCD1 protein (also known as ALD protein), Acyl‐CoA Binding Domain Containing 5 (ACBD5), Acyl‐CoA oxidase (e.g., ACOX1), or D‐Bifunctional protein (DBP). In some embodiments, the chemical entities are useful for treating ALD and its phenotypes (e.g., CALD and AMN) . In some embodiments, the chemical entities are useful for treating CALD. In some embodiments, the chemical entities are useful for treating AMN. In some embodiments, the chemical entities are useful for treating Zellweger spectrum disorders (ZSD; peroxisomal biogenesis disorders).
[21] In some aspects, provided is a chemical entity, whic h is a free compound represented by Formula (I), e.g., represented by Formula (II), (III), (A), (B), (C), (1), (3), (II.A), (II.B), (II.C), (II.1), (III.A), (III.B), (III.C), (III.1), (A.1), (B.1), (C.1), (II.A.1), (II.B.1), (II.C.1), (III.A.1), (III.A.1a), (III.A.1b), (III.A.3), (III.B.1) and/or (III.C.1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the variables are each and independently as described herein. In some embodimen ts, a chemical entity is a free compound of any of the foregoing Formulas or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a chemical entity is a free compound of any of the foregoing Formulas. In some embodiments, a chemical entity is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a free compound of any of the foregoing Formulas.
[22] In some embodiments, a chemical entity is a free co mpound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a free compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug of a free compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically accept able metabolite of a free compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, a chemical entity is a non‐covalent complex between a free compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and another compound. In some embodiments, a non‐covalent complex is a solvate (e .g., a hydrate) of a free compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In s ome embodiments, a non‐covalent complex is a chelate of a free compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a non‐covalent complex comprises a conf ormer and a free compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[23] Unless otherwise specified or clear from context, a chemical entity can be in any solid form, i.e., amorphous or crystalline (e.g., polymorphs), or combin ations of solid forms (e.g., combination of at least two crystalline compounds or combination of at least one crystalline compound and at least one amorphous compound). In some embodiments, a chemical entity is a crystalline compound. In some embodiments, a chemical entity is an amorphous compound. In some embodiments, a chemical entity is a mixture of crystalline compounds. In s ome embodiments, a chemical entity is a mixture of at least one crystalline compound and at least one amorphous compound.
[24] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (II) has the structure,
wherein:
A is a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S; wherein the 1 ring heter oatom is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached;
each instance of R 5 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle contain ing 1‐2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S;
n5 is 0, 1 or 2; and
each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b and Y is as defined above for Formula (I), both singly and in combination. [25] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or oxetanyl. [26] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (III) has the structure,
wherein:
each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom sele cted from O, N, and S,
wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b and Y is as defined above for Formula (I), both singly and in combination. [27] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (A) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (A) has the structure,
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3 2 ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
each of R 1a , R 1b , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b and Y is as defined above for Formula (I), both singly and in combination. [28] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (B) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (B) has the structure,
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3 2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
each of R 1a , R 1b , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b and Y is as defined above for Formula (I), both singly and in combination. [29] In some embodiments, a provided compound is a compou nd of Formula (B) in which X 1 is N, and X 2 and X 3 are carbon atoms. In some embodiments, a prov ided compound is a compound of Formula (B) in which X 2 is N, and X 1 and X 3 are carbon atoms. In some embodiments, a prov ided compound is a compound of Formula (B) in which X 3 is N, and X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms.
[30] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (C) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (C) has the structure,
(C),
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3 2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and each of R 1a , R 1b , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b and Y is as defined above for Formula (I), both singly and in combination.
[31] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (1) has the structure,
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN, or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with ha lo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
each of R 1a , R 1b , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b and Y is as defined above for Formula (I), both singly and in combination.
[32] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (3) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (3) has the structure,
wherein:
D is 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S;
each instance of R 12 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN, or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with ha lo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n12 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
each of R 1a , R 1b , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b and Y is as defined above for Formula (I), both singly and in combination. [33] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (II.A) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (II.A) has the structure,
wherein A, R 5 , n5, R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , Y, R 7 and n7 are as defined above for Formulas (II ) and (A), both singly and in combination.
[34] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound Formula (II.B) or a pharmace ically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formula (II.B) has the structure,
wherein A, R 5 , n5, R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , Y, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , R 8 and n8 are as defined above for Formulas (II ) and (B), both singly and in combination.
[35] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (II.C) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (II.C) has the structure,
wherein A, R 5 , n5, R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , Y, B, R 9 and n9 are as defined above for Formulas (II ) and (C), both singly and in combination.
[36] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (II.1) or a pharmaceutic lly acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formula (II.1) h as the structure,
wherein A, R 5 , n5, R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , Y, R 10 and n10 are as defined above for Formulas (I I) and (1), both singly and in combination. [37] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III.A) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (III.A) has the structure,
wherein R 6a , R 6b , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , Y, R 7 and n7 are as defined above for Formulas (II I) and (A), both singly and in combination.
[38] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III.B) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (III.B) has the structure,
wherein R 6a , R 6b , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , Y, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , R 8 and n8 are as defined above for Formulas (II I) and (B), both singly and in combination.
[39] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III.C) or a pharmaceutic lly acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formula (III.C) has the structure,
wherein R 6a , R 6b , R 2 , R 4a , R 4b , Y, B, R 9 and n9 are as defined above for Formulas (II I) and (C), both singly and in combination.
[40] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III.1) or a pharmaceutic lly acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formula (III.1) has the structure,
wherein R 6a , R 6b , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , Y, R 10 and n10 are as defined above for Formulas (I II) and (1), both singly and in combination. [41] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (A.1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (A.1) has the structure,
wherein R 7 , n7, R 1a , R 1b , R 4a , R 4b , Y, R 10 and n10 are as defined above for Formulas (A ) and (1), both singly and in combination.
[42] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (B.1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (B.1) has the structure,
wherein R 8 , n8, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , R 1a , R 1b , R 4a , R 4b , Y, R 10 and n10 are as defined above for Formulas (B ) and (1), both singly and in combination.
[43] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (C.1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (C.1) has the structure,
wherein B, R 9 , n9, R 1a , R 1b , R 4a , R 4b , Y, R 10 and n10 are as defined above for Formulas (C ) and (1), both singly and in combination.
[44] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (II.A.1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (II.A.1) has the structure,
wherein:
A is a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heter oatom is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached;
each instance of R 5 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle contain ing 1‐2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S;
n5 is 0, 1 or 2;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J2
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR 2 , ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN, or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with ha lo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a a J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo or C 1‐4 alkyl; and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐.
[45] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, azetidine, oxetane, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine, tetrahydropyran or tetrahydrothiopyran, wherein the heteroatom of each of the foregoing applicable rings is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, pyrrolidine, oxetane or tetr ahydropyran, wherein the heteroatom of each of the foregoing applicable rings is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached. In some embodiments, A is pyrrolidine, oxetane or tetrahydropy ran, wherein the heteroatom of each of the foregoing rings is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane or cyclobutane. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane. In some embodiments, A is one of the foregoing embodiments and is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, A is one of the foregoing embodiments and is substituted with 1‐2 i nstances of R 5 as defined herein for Formula (II).
[46] In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ NR J1
2, or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S. In some em bodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is ‐D, halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is ‐D, halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , or –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐OH, or ‐NH 2 . In some embodiments, two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S. In some embodiments, two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form cyclobutane or cyclopentane. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is C 1‐4 alkyl. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 is Me. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is Me or Et. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is halo. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl.
[47] In some embodiments n5 is 0, 1 or 2. In some embo diments, n5 is 0. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal di‐(C 1‐4 alkyl) or geminal di‐halo. In some embodimen ts, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dimethyl. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal methyl and ethyl. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro. In s ome embodiments, n5 is 2 and two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form cyclobutane or cyclopentane. [48] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane; n5 is 2; and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dimethyl, geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro . In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane, and n5 is 0. In some e mbodiments, A is cyclopropane or cyclobutane, and n5 is 0. The foregoing embodiments for A, R 5 , and n5 are also applicable to Formula (II), (II.A), (II.B), (II.C), (II.1), (II.B.1), and (II.C.1).
[49] In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐I, Me, Et, P r, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐OiPr, NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHEt, ‐NHiPr, ‐OCF 3 , ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 or ‐CN, ‐SO 2 NH 2 , or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo. In some embod iments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐CN or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐ Cl or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 is ‐F.
[50] In some embodiments, n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐CN or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, n10 is 0. In some embodiments, n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
[51] In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, i Pr, or i Bu. In some embodiments, R 4a is H and R 4b is Me. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐H. In some embodiments R 4b is ‐H. In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H.
[52] In some embodiments, each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐OH, ‐ OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐OiPr, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHEt, NH i Pr, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 , ‐CN, or ‐SO 2 NH 2 . In some embodiments, each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, each instance of R 7 is ‐F.
[53] In some embodiments, n7 is 0 or 1, and R 7 is ‐F, ‐Cl or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, n7 is 0.
[54] In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(Me)‐. In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐. In some embodiments, Y is ‐N(Me)‐.
[55] In some embodiments (II.A.1'), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 instances of ‐H are replaced with ‐D (i.e., deuterium, ‐ 2 H). In some embodiments, 1, 2, 3 or 4 instances of ‐ H are replaced with ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 4a or R 4b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 4a and R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 5 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on A. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 7 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 7 is attached. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 10 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 10 is attached. [56] In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a J1
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 or – (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl, or at least one instance of ‐D is present on A. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 or –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, or at least one instance of ‐D is present on A. In some embodiments, each instance of R 5 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐OH or ‐NH 2 , or at least one instance of ‐D is present on A.
[57] In some embodiments, each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐OH, ‐ OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐OiPr, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHEt, NH i Pr, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 , ‐CN, or ‐SO 2 NH 2 , or at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 7 is attached.
[58] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (II.B.1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (II.B.1) has the structure,
wherein:
A is a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heter oatom is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached ;
each instance of R 5 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle contain ing 1‐2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n5 is 0, 1 or 2;
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms; each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3 2 , ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C a
1 ‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN, or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with ha lo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo or C 1‐4 alkyl; and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐.
[59] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, azetidine, oxetane, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine, tetrahydropyran or tetrahydrothiopyran, wherein the heteroatom of each of the foregoing applicable rings is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, oxetane or tetrahydropyran, wherein the heteroatom of each of the foregoing applicable rings is not bonded to the carb on to which A is attached. In some embodiments, A is oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, or tetrahydropyran, whe rein the heteroatom of each of the foregoing rings is not bonded to the carbon to which A is a ttached. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane or cyclobutane. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane. In some embodiments, A is one of the foregoing embodiments and is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, A is one of the foregoing embodiments and is substituted with 1‐2 instances o f R 5 as defined herein for Formula (II).
[60] In some embodiments n5 is 0, 1 or 2. In some embo diments, n5 is 0. In some embodiments, n5 is 1. In some embodiments, n5 is 2. In some embodi ments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal di‐(C 1‐4 alkyl) or geminal di‐halo. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dimethyl. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro. In s ome embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dichloro. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form cyclobutane or cyclopentane.
[61] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane; n5 is 2; and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dimethyl, geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro . In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane; n5 is 2; and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane; n5 is 2 and two gem inal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form cyclobutane or cyclopentane. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and n5 is 0. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane, and n5 is 0. In some e mbodiments, A is cyclopropane or cyclobutane, and n5 is 0. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropa ne and n5 is 0.
[62] In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐I, Me, Et, P r, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐ OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐OiPr, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐CF 3 , ‐OCF 3 , or ‐CN. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐OEt or ‐CN. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl or ‐CN. In some embod iments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl or Me. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some emb odiments, each instance of R 10 is ‐F. In some embodiments, two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo.
[63] In some embodiments, n10 is 2 and each instance of R 10 is independently ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐I. In some embodiments, n10 is 2 and R 10 is ‐F. In some embodiments n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐I, Me, ‐ OMe, ‐OEt or ‐CN. In some embodiments, n10 is 0 . In some embodiments, n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
[64] In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, F, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iP r, or iBu. In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, or iBu. In some embodiments, R 4a is H and R 4b is Me. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐H. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐ H. In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H.
[65] In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐OH, ‐ OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐OiPr, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHEt, ‐NHiPr, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 or ‐CN. In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe or OH. In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, or ‐OMe. In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, or Me. In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, or ‐OMe. In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embod iments, each instance of R 8 is ‐F. [66] In some embodiments, n8 is 2, and each instance of R 8 is independently ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, n8 is 0 or 1, and R 8 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe or ‐OH. In so me embodiments, n8 is 1, and R 8 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, or ‐OMe. In some embodiments , n8 is 1, and R 8 is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, n8 is 1, and R 8 is ‐F. In some embodiments, n8 is 0.
[67] In some embodiments, X 1 is N, and X 2 and X 3 are carbon atoms. In some embodiments, X 2 is N, and X 1 and X 3 are carbon atoms. In some embodiments, X 3 is N, and X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms. [68] In some embodiments, X 1 is N, X 2 and X 3 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe or ‐OH. In some embodiments, X 1 is N, X 2 and X 3 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embod iments, X 2 is N, X 1 and X 3 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe or OH. In some embodiments, X 2 is N, X 1 and X 3 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embod iments, X 3 is N, X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe or OH. In some embodiments, X 3 is N, X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl.
[69] In some embodiments, X 1 is N, X 2 and X 3 are carbon atoms, and n8 is 0. In some embo diments, X 2 is N, X 1 and X 3 are carbon atoms, and n8 is 0. In some embo diments, X 3 is N, X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms, and n8 is 0.
[70] In some embodiments, X 1 is N, each of X 2 and X 3 is CH, n8 is 1, and R 8 is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, X 2 is N, each of X 1 and X 3 is CH, n8 is 1, and R 8 is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, X 3 is N, each of X 1 and X 2 is CH, n8 is 1, and R 8 is ‐F or ‐Cl.
[71] In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(Me)‐. In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐. In some embodiments, Y is ‐N(Me)‐.
[72] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane or cyclobutane ; n5 is 0 or 2; (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dimethyl, geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro; n10 is 0, 1, or 2; each instance of R 10 is independently ‐F or ‐Cl; each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H; n8 is 0, 1, or 2; each instance of R 8 is independently is ‐F or ‐Cl; and X 3 is N, and X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms.
[73] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane or cyclobutane ; n5 is 0; n10 is 0, 1, or 2; each instance of R 10 is independently ‐F or ‐Cl; each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H; n8 is 0, 1, or 2; each instance of R 8 is independently is ‐F or ‐Cl; and X 3 is N, and X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms.
[74] In some embodiments (II.B.1'), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 instances of ‐H are replaced with ‐D (i.e., deuterium, ‐ 2 H). In some embodiments, 1, 2, 3 or 4 insta nces of ‐H are replaced with ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 4a or R 4b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 4a and R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 5 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on A. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 8 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 8 is attached. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 10 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 10 is attached.
[75] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (II.C.1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (II.C.1) has the structure,
wherein:
A is a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heter oatom is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached;
each instance of R 5 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, and S,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; n5 is 0, 1 or 2;
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms ;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3 2 ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN, or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with ha lo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, or C 1‐4 alkyl; and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐.
[76] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine or tetrahydropyran, wherein the heteroatom of each of the foregoing applicable rings is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopenta ne or cyclohexane. In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane.
[77] In some embodiments n5 is 0, 1 or 2. In some embo diments, n5 is 0. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal di‐(C 1‐4 alkyl) or geminal di‐halo. In some embodimen ts, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dimethyl. In some embodiments, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro.
[78] In some embodiments, A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane, n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro. In some embodim ents, A is cyclopropane and n5 is 0.
[79] In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐CF 3 or ‐CN. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl or Me. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 is ‐F.
[80] In some embodiments n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐CF 3 or ‐CN. In some embodiments, n10 is 0. In some embodiments, n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
[81] In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐H. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐H. In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H.
[82] In some embodiments, B is pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isoth iazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl. In some embodiments, B is pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, B is pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, B is pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, B is pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, B is pyrimidinyl or thiazolyl. In some embodiments, B is one of the foregoing embodiments and is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, B is one of the foregoing embodiments and is substituted with 1‐3 instances o f R 9 as defined herein for Formulas (C), (II.C), a nd (II.C.1).
[83] In some embodiments, B is pyrimidinyl selected from , , and . In
B is . In some embodiments, B is pyridazinyl selected f rom and . In some
embodiments, In some embodiments, B is one of the foregoing embodiments and is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, B is one of the foregoing embodiments and is substituted with 1‐3 instances o f R 9 as defined herein for Formulas (C), (II.C), a nd (II.C.1).
[84] In some embodiments, n9 is 0, 1, or 2 and each in stance of R 9 is independently Me or ‐OMe. In some embodiments, n9 is 0 or 1, and R 9 is Me. In some embodiments, n9 is 0 or 1, and R 9 is Me or ‐ OMe. In some embodiments, n9 is 0. In some embodiments, n9 is 3 and each instance of R 9 is independently ‐Me
[85] In some embodiments, B is pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyraz inyl or pyridazinyl; n9 is 0 or 1, and R 9 is Me. In some embodiments, B is pyrimidinyl or thiazolyl, and n9 is 0.
[86] In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(Me)‐. I n some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐.
[87] In some embodiments (II.C.1'), 1, 2, 3 or 4 instanc es of ‐H are replaced with ‐D (i.e., deuterium, ‐ 2H). In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 4a or R 4b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 4a and R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 5 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on A. In some embodimen ts, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 9 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 9 is attached. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 10 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 10 is attached.
[88] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III.A.1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (III.A.1) has the structure,
wherein:
each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a J1 a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 1
2, ‐(C(R J a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR , ‐(C(R J1
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is halo, C 2a
1 ‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , or ‐CN, or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, or C 1‐4 alkyl; and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐. [89] In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is Me, Et, Pr, Bu, i Pr, i Bu, sec‐Bu, ‐F, ‐ Cl, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 , ‐OCF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐O‐ i Pr, Ph, ‐OBn, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHPr, ‐SO 2 NH 2 , ‐ SO 2 NHMe, or ‐CN. In some embodiments, each insta nce of R 10 independently is Me, i Pr, i Bu, ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐ CF 3 , ‐OCF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe, or ‐OEt. In some embodimen ts, each instance of R 10 independently is Me, i Pr, iBu, ‐OH, ‐OMe, or ‐OEt. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, Me, ‐CF 3 , ‐ OMe, or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, Me, ‐CF 3 , or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, Me or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some emb odiments, each instance of R 10 is ‐F.
[90] In some embodiments, n10 is 0, 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n10 is 2 or 3. In some embodiments, n10 is 2. In some embodiments, n10 is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, n10 is 1. In some embodiments, n10 is 0.
[91] In some embodiments, n10 is 0, 1 or 2, and each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, or ‐ CF 3 . In some embodiments, n10 is 0, 1 or 2, a nd each instance of R 10 independently is Me, ‐CF 3 , ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OCF 3 , iPr, iBu, or ‐OH. In some embodiments, n10 is 0, 1 or 2, and each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, n10 is 0, 1 or 2, and each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F or Me. In some embodiments, n1 0 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
[92] In some embodiments, R 6a is Me, Et, Pr, Bu, i Pr, i Bu, sec‐Bu, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl , cyclohexyl, or ‐ CF 3 , and R 6b is ‐H. In some embodiments, each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, Me, Et or Pr. In some embodiments, R 6a is Me, Et, Pr, i Pr, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl. In some embodime nts, R 6a is Me, Et, iPr or ‐CF 3 , and R 6b is Me, Et, Pr, iPr, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl. In some embodiments each of R 6a and R 6b is ‐H.
[93] In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, or iBu. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐H. In some embodiments R 4b is ‐H. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐H and R 4b is Me. In some embodiments, R 4a is Me and R 4b is ‐H. In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H.
[94] In some embodiments, each instance of R 7 independently is Me, Et, Pr, Bu, i Pr, i Bu, sec‐Bu, ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 , ‐OCF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐O‐iPr, ‐ NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHPr, or ‐CN. In some embodimen ts, each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐CF 3 or ‐OH. In some embodiments, each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, each instance of R 7 is ‐F.
[95] In some embodiments, n7 is 0, 1 or 2, and each in stance of R 7 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, n7 is 0. In some embodiments, n7 is 1 or 2, and each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, n7 is 1 and R 7 is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, n7 is 1 and R 7 is ‐ F.
[96] In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(Me)‐. I n some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐.
[97] In some embodiments, R 4a is H, R 4b is H, Y is ‐NH‐, and n7 is 0. In som e embodiments, R 4a is H, R 4b is H, Y is ‐NH‐, n7 is 1, and R 7 is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, R 4a is H, R 4b is H, Y is ‐NH‐, n7 is 2, and each instance of R 7 is independently ‐F or ‐Cl.
[98] In some embodiments (III.A.1'), 1, 2, 3 or 4 instan ces of ‐H are replaced with ‐D (i.e., deuterium, ‐ 2H). In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 4a or R 4b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 4a and R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 6a or R 6b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 6a and R 6b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one i nstance of ‐D is present in R 7 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 7 is attached. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 10 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 10 is attached.
[99] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity of Formula (III.A.1) is a chemical entity of Formula (III.A.1a):
wherein R 4a , R 4b , R 6a , R 6b , R 7 , n7, R 10 , n10 and Y are as defined above for Formula (III.A.1), both singly and in combination.
[100] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity of Formula (III.A.1) is a chemical entity of Formula III.A.1b):
wherein R 4a , R 4b , R 6a , R 6b , R 7 , n7, R 10 , n10 and Y are as defined above for Formula (III.A.1), both singly and in combination. [101] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III.A.3) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (III.A.3) has the structure,
wherein:
each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a J1a J1
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR 2 , C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom sele cted from O, N, and S,
wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
D is 5‐ or 6‐membered heteroaryl having 1‐3 ri ng heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S;
each instance of R 12 independently is selected from halo, C J2a
1 ‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a )) J2
2 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN,
or two adjacent R 12 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n12 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, or C 1‐4 alkyl; and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐. [102] In some embodiments, D is thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrimid inyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl or pyridyl. In some embodiments, D is pyrimidinyl or pyridyl.
[103] In some embodiments, n12 is 0 or 1, and R 12 is Me. In some embodiments, n12 is 0.
[104] In some embodiments, D is thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrimid inyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl, or pyridyl; n12 is 0 or 1; and R 12 is Me. In some embodiments, D is pyrimidiny l or pyridyl and n12 is 0.
[105] In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐H. In some embodiments R 4b is ‐H. In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H.
[106] In some embodiments, each of R 6a and R 6b is ‐H.
[107] In some embodiments, n7 is 0 or 1, and R 7 is ‐F or ‐Cl. In some embodiments, n7 is 0.
[108] In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(Me)‐. I n some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐.
[109] In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H, each of R 6a and R 6b is ‐H, n7 is 0, and Y is ‐NH‐.
[110] In some embodiments (III.A.3'), 1, 2, 3 or 4 instan ces of ‐H are replaced with ‐D (i.e., deuterium, ‐ 2H). In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 4a or R 4b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 4a and R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 6a or R 6b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 6a and R 6b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one i nstance of ‐D is present in R 7 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 7 is attached. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 12 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 12 is attached.
[111] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III.B.1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (III.B.1) has the structure,
wherein:
each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and wherein each instance of R J1a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN,
or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, or C 1‐4 alkyl; and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐.
[112] In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, i Pr, ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐NH 2 , ‐CF 3 or ‐CN. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐O Et or ‐ CN. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl or Me. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 is ‐F.
[113] In some embodiments, n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐OEt or ‐CN. In some embodiments, n10 is 0. In some embodiments, n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
[114] In some embodiments, R 6a is Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, iBu, sec‐Bu, cyclo propyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, ‐CF 3 , or ‐OH, and R 6b is ‐H. In some embodiments, each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, Me, Et, Pr, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl. In some embo diments, R 6a is Me, Et, Pr or ‐CF 3 , and R 6b is Me, Et, Pr, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl. In some embodimen ts, each of R 6a and R 6b is ‐H.
[115] In some embodiments, X 1 is N, and X 2 and X 3 are carbon atoms. In some embodiments, X 2 is N, and X 1 and X 3 are carbon atoms. In some embodiments, X 3 is N, and X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms. [116] In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐OH, ‐OMe or ‐OEt. In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐CF 3 , ‐OH, ‐ OMe or ‐OEt. In some embodiments, each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl.
[117] In some embodiments, X 1 is N, X 2 and X 3 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐CF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe or ‐OEt. In some embodiments, X 2 is N, X 1 and X 3 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐CF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe or ‐OEt. In some embodiments, X 3 is N, X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐CF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe or ‐OEt.
[118] In some embodiments, n8 is 0, 1 or 2. In some emb odiments, n8 is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, n8 is 1. In some embodiments, n8 is 0.
[119] In some embodiments, n8 is 0 or 1, and R 8 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐CF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe or ‐OEt. In some embodiments, n8 is 0, 1 or 2, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl.
[120] In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(Me)‐. I n some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐.
[121] In some embodiments, n10 is 1, R 10 is ‐F, each of R 6a and R 6b is ‐H, n8 is 1, and R 8 is ‐F or ‐Cl.
[122] In some embodiments (III.B.1'), 1, 2, 3 or 4 instan ces of ‐H are replaced with ‐D (i.e., deuterium, ‐ 2H). In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 4a or R 4b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 4a and R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 6a or R 6b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 6a and R 6b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one i nstance of ‐D is present in R 8 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 8 is attached. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t in R 10 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present on the ring to which R 10 is attached.
[123] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound of Formula (III.C.1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (III.C.1) has the structure,
wherein:
each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl or C 3‐6 cycloalkyl; B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms ;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C J3a
1 ‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 2a
1 ‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN,
or two adjacent R 10 form methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, and
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently ‐H, C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, or C 1‐4 alkyl; and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐.
[124] In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐OH, ‐NH 2 or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, or Me. In some embodiments, each instance of R 10 is ‐F.
[125] In some embodiments, n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐OH, ‐NH 2 or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, n10 is 0. In some embodiments, n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
[126] In some embodiments, R 6a is Me, Et, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or ‐CF 3 , and R 6b is ‐H. In some embodiments, each of R 6a and R 6b is ‐H.
[127] In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐H. In some embodiments R 4b is ‐H. In some embodiments, each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H.
[128] In some embodiments, B is thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrimid inyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl or pyridyl. In some embodiments, B is thiazolyl or pyrimidinyl.
[129] In some embodiments, each instance of R 9 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐OH, ‐NH 2 or ‐CF 3 . In some embodiments, each instance of R 9 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, or Me. In some embodiments, each instance of R 9 is Me. [130] In some embodiments, n9 is 0, 1 or 2, and each in stance of R 9 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, or ‐ CF 3 . In some embodiments, n9 is 0. In some embodiments, n9 is 1 or 2, and each instance of R 9 independently is ‐F or Me. In some embodiments, n9 is 1 and R 9 is Me.
[131] In some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(Me)‐. I n some embodiments, Y is ‐NH‐.
[132] In some embodiments, n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F or ‐Cl, each of R 6a and R 6b is ‐H, each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H, B is thiazolyl or pyrimidinyl, n9 is 0 or 1, and R 9 is Me.
[133] In some embodiments (III.C.1'), 1, 2, 3 or 4 instan ces of ‐H are replaced with ‐D (i.e., deuterium, ‐ 2H). In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 4a or R 4b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 4a and R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4a is ‐D. In some embodiments, R 4b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 6a or R 6b . In some embodiments, at least one of R 6a and R 6b is ‐D. In some embodiments, at least one i nstance of ‐D is present in R 9 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is presen t on B. In some embodiments, at least one instance of ‐D is present in R 10 . In some embodiments, at least one instance o f ‐D is present on the ring to which R 10 is attached.
[134] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound from Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some em bodiments, a provided chemical entity is a free compound from Table 1. In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a free compound from Table 1.
[135] Table 1. Compound Names (IUPAC Nomenclature)
[136] As used herein, the term "including" and other forms thereof such as "include", "includes", etc. are intended to be open‐ended unless otherwise spec ified or clear from context. That is, "including" is to be understood as "including but not limited t o" unless otherwise specified or clear from context. The phrase "such as" is similarly intended to be op en‐ended unless otherwise specified or clear from context.
[137] As used herein, the term “very long chain fatty a cids” (VLCFA) refers to fatty acid moieties having greater than or equal to 22 carbons in the carbon chain length (e.g., at least 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 2 7, 28, 29, or 30 carbons long) of the main fatty acid sid e chain and can be saturated (i.e., without double bonds; also called straight‐chain) or unsaturated (e.g., monounsaturated with 1 double bond or polyunsaturated with at least 2 double bonds).
[138] In some embodiments, VLCFA refers to fatty acid moieties having greater than or equal to 24 carbons in the carbon chain length (e.g., at least 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 carbons long) of th e main fatty acid side chain and are saturated. In some embodiments, VLCFA refers to fatty acid moieties having 26 carbons in the carbon chain of the main fatty acid side chain and are saturated.
[139] A non‐limiting example of VLCFA is a straight‐cha in VLCFA such as lignocerotic acid, which is a C24:0 straight‐chain VLCFA, and cerotic acid, which is a C26:0 straight‐chain VLCFA. It is understoo d by one of ordinary skill in the art that C##:# mea ns that there are ##‐number of carbons in the car bon chain‐length and that there is # instances of doub le‐bonds in the carbon chain. Thus, C26:0 means that the carbon chain of the VLCFA has 26 carbons in the carbon chain‐length and zero instances of double‐bonds in the carbon chain. VCLFA include straight‐chain VLCFA (SC‐VLCFA) and VLCFA incorporation products (i.e., fatty‐acid moieties tha t are generated from SC‐VLCFA by incorporating SC‐VLCFA into their structure), such as, but not limited to, lysophosphatidylcholines (LPC), sphingomyelins (SM), acyl carnitines, cholesterol esters, and ceramid es. LPC VLCFA are generated from straight chain VLCFA (SC‐VLCFA) and are used clinically for newborn screening (Vogel et al., Mol. Genet. Metab. (2015) 114(4):599‐603). The chemical entities, compositions thereof, and methods of using any of the foregoing, as described further her ein, are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels in th e CSF, blood, skin oil, brain, adrenal gland, nerve, a dipose, muscle, liver, and/or other tissues. In som e embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels wherein the VLCFA are unsaturated. In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels wherein the VLCFA are saturated (also called straight‐chain). In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels wherein the VLCFA are monounsaturated. In some embodiments, th e methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels wherein the VLCFA are polyunsaturated. In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels, wherein the VLFCA are SC‐VLCFA. In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels, wherein the VLFCA are VLCFA incorporation products. In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels, whe rein the VLFCA are LPC. In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of a VLCFA level, wherein the VLCFA has at least 24 carbons in the chain length, at least 26 carbons, at least 28 carbons, or at least 30 carbon s in the chain length. In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of a VLCFA level, wherein the VLCFA has 26 carbons in the chain length. In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels, wherein the VLFCA are C24:0 SC‐ VLCFA or C26:0 SC‐VLCFA. In some embodiments, the methods described herein are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels, wherein the VLFCA are C24 :0 LPC or C26:0 LPC. As used herein, the phrase “reduction of VLCFA levels” or “reduction of a VLCFA level” means reduction of at least one or more types of VLCFA (which include VLCFA incorporation pro ducts) and optionally can be further specified in context. In some embodiments, reduction of VLCFA levels means that the levels of VLCFA in the cell or patient, following treatment with one or mor e chemical entities described herein, are reduced compared to the baseline levels of VLCFA before treatment with the chemical entities described herein. In some embodiments, the reduction of VLCFA levels means that the levels of VLCFA for cells or patients, either directly or via a sample, are r educed by at least about 25%, or at least by about 30%, or at least by about 33%, or by about 30% to about 80% relative to the baseline untreated levels after the cell or patient are treated the chemical entities described herein.
[140] As used here, phrases such as deficiency of a prote in (e.g., ABCD1 protein, ACOX1, ACBD5, and DBP) means that there are mutations that lead, for example, to a loss of protein expression or to a loss of protein function, or to a loss of protein trafficking to its place of function, or to two or all of these losses.
[141] Compounds of this invention include those described g enerally herein, and are further illustrated by the classes, subclasses, and species disclosed her ein. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply unless otherwise indicated. For purposes of thi s invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, HANDBOOK OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS, 75 th Ed. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry are described in M. Loudon and J. Parise, ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, 6 th Ed., W.H. Freeman & Co.: New York (2016), and M.B. Smith, MARCH’S ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, 7 th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: Hoboken (20 13), the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
[142] As described herein, a specified number range of atoms includes any integer therein. For example, a group having from 1‐4 atoms could have 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms.
[143] As described herein, compounds of the invention may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents, such as are illustrated generally herein, or as exemplified by particular classes, subclasses, and species of the invention. It will be appreciated that the phrase "optionally substituted" is used interchangeably with the phrase "substituted or unsubstituted." In general, the term "substituted", whether preceded by the term "optionally" or not, refers to the replacement of hydrogen radicals in a given structure with the radical of a specifie d substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an optionally substituted group may have a substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substit uents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or che mically feasible compounds.
[144] Unless otherwise indicated, a substituent connected by a bond drawn from the center of a ring means that the substituent can be bonded to any position in the ring. In example (i) below, for instance, J 1 can be bonded to any position on the pyridyl ring. For bicyclic rings, a bond drawn through both rings indicates that the substituent can be bonded from any position of the bicyclic ring. In example (ii) below, for instance, J 1 can be bonded to the 5‐membered ring (on t he nitrogen atom, for instance), and to the 6‐membered ring.
[145] The term "stable", as used herein, refers to compoun ds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production , detection, recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein. In some embodiments, a stable compound or chemically feasible compound is one that is not subs tantially altered when kept at a temperature of 40°C or less, in the absence of moisture or other chemically reactive conditions, for at least a week. [146] The term "aliphatic" or "aliphatic group", as used h erein, means a straight‐chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
[147] Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1‐20 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1‐10 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1‐8 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1‐6 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1‐4 aliphatic carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups may be linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl groups. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n‐propyl, sec‐butyl, vinyl, n‐butenyl, ethynyl, and tert‐butyl.
[148] The term "cycloaliphatic" (or "carbocycle" or "carbocyclyl") refers to a monocyclic C 3 ‐C 8 hydrocarbon or bicyclic C 8 ‐C 12 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or th at contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, th at has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule wherein any individual ring in said bic yclic ring system has 3‐7 members. Examples of cycloaliphatic groups include cycloalkyl and cycloalken yl groups. Specific examples include cyclohexyl, cyclopropenyl, and cyclobutyl.
[149] The term "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", or "heterocyclic" as used herein means non‐aromatic, monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring systems in wh ich one or more ring members are an independently selected heteroatom. In some embodiments, the "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", or "heterocyclic" group has three to fourteen ring members in which one or more ring members is a heteroatom independently selected from oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, or phosphorus, and eac h ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
[150] Examples of heterocycles include 3‐1H‐benzimidazol‐2‐one, 3‐(1‐alkyl)‐benzimidazol‐2‐one, 2‐ tetrahydrofuranyl, 3‐tetrahydrofuranyl, 2‐tetrahydrothiophenyl, 3‐tetrahydrothiophenyl, 2‐ morpholino, 3‐morpholino, 4‐morpholino, 2‐thiomorph olino, 3‐thiomorpholino, 4‐thiomorpholino, 1‐ pyrrolidinyl, 2‐pyrrolidinyl, 3‐pyrrolidinyl, 1‐tetrahydropiperazinyl, 2‐tetrahydropiperazinyl, 3‐ tetrahydropiperazinyl, 1‐piperidinyl, 2‐piperidinyl, 3‐piperidinyl, 1‐pyrazolinyl, 3‐pyrazolinyl, 4‐ pyrazolinyl, 5‐pyrazolinyl, 1‐piperidinyl, 2‐piperidinyl, 3‐piperidinyl, 4‐piperidinyl, 2‐thiazolidinyl, 3‐ thiazolidinyl, 4‐thiazolidinyl, 1‐imidazolidinyl, 2‐imidazolidinyl, 4‐imidazolidinyl, 5‐imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, benzothiolane, benzodithiane, and 1,3‐ dihydro‐imidazol‐2‐one. [151] Cyclic groups, (e.g. cycloaliphatic and heterocycles), can be linearly fused, bridged, or spirocyclic.
[152] The term "heteroatom" means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, ph osphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a het erocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4‐dihydro‐ 2H‐ pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR + (as in N‐substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
[153] The term "unsaturated", as used herein, means that a moiety has one or more units of unsaturation. Examples of unsaturated groups include propyne, butene, cyclohexene, tetrahydropyridine and cyclooctatetraene. The term "alk oxy", or "thioalkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as previously defined, attached throu gh an oxygen ("alkoxy") or sulfur ("thioalkyl") atom.
[154] The terms "haloalkyl" (e.g., haloC 1‐4 alkyl), "haloalkenyl", "haloaliphatic", and "haloa lkoxy" mean alkyl, alkenyl or alkoxy, as the case may be, subst ituted with one or more halogen atoms. This term includes perfluorinated alkyl groups, such as ‐CF 3 and ‐CF 2 CF 3 .
[155] The terms "halogen", "halo", and "hal" mean F, Cl, Br, or I.
[156] The term "aryl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in "aralkyl", "aralkoxy", or "aryloxyalkyl", refers to carbocyclic aromatic ring sy stems. The term includes monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five t o fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term "aryl" may be used interchangeably with the term "ar yl ring".
[157] The term "heteroaryl", used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in "heteroaralkyl" or "heteroarylalkoxy", refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms, and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term "heteroaryl" may be used intercha ngeably with the term "heteroaryl ring" or the term "heteroaromatic". Examples of heteroaryl rings include 2‐furanyl, 3‐furanyl, N‐imidazolyl, 2‐ imidazolyl, 4‐imidazolyl, 5‐imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, 3‐isoxazolyl, 4‐isoxazolyl, 5‐isoxazolyl, 2‐ oxazolyl, 4‐oxazolyl, 5‐oxazolyl, N‐pyrrolyl, 2‐pyrrolyl, 3‐pyrrolyl, 2‐pyridyl, 3‐pyridyl, 4‐pyridyl, 2‐ pyrimidinyl, 4‐pyrimidinyl, 5‐pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl (e.g., 3‐pyridazinyl), 2‐thiazolyl, 4‐thiazolyl, 5‐ thiazolyl, tetrazolyl (e.g., 5‐tetrazolyl), triazolyl (e.g., 2‐triazolyl and 5‐triazolyl), 2‐thienyl, 3‐thienyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl (e.g., 2‐indolyl) , pyrazolyl (e.g., 2‐pyrazolyl), isothiazolyl, 1,2,3 oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5‐oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4‐oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3‐triazolyl, 1,2,3‐thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4‐thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5‐thiadiazolyl, purinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5‐triazinyl, quinolinyl (e.g., 2‐quinolinyl, 3‐quinolinyl, 4‐ quinolinyl), and isoquinolinyl (e.g., 1‐isoquinolinyl, 3‐isoquinolinyl, or 4‐isoquinolinyl).
[158] It should be understood that the term "heteroaryl" i ncludes certain types of heteroaryl rings that exist in equilibrium between two different forms. More specifically, for example, species such as hydropyridine and pyridinone (and likewise hydroxypyrimidine and pyrimidinone) are meant to be encompassed within the definition of "heteroaryl."
[159] The terms "protecting group" and "protective group" as us ed herein, are interchangeable and refer to an agent used to temporarily block one or more desired functional groups in a compound with multiple reactive sites. In certain embodiments, a protecting group has one or more, or preferably all, of the following characteristics: a) is added selectively to a functional group in good yield to give a protected substrate that is b) stab le to reactions occurring at one or more of the ot her reactive sites; and c) is selectively removable in good yield by reagents that do not attack the regenerated, deprotected functional group. As would be understood by one skilled in the art, in some cases, the reagents do not attack other reactive gro ups in the compound. In other cases, the reagents may also react with other reactive groups in the compound. Examples of protecting groups are detailed in Greene, T.W., Wuts, P. G in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York: 1999 ("Greene") (and other editions of the book), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The term "nitrogen protecting group", as used herein, refers to an agent used to temporarily block one or more desired nitrogen reactive sites in a multifunctional compound. Preferred nitrogen protecting groups also possess the characteristics exemplified for a protecting group above, and certain exemplary nitrogen protecting groups are also detailed in Chapter 7 in Greene.
[160] In some embodiments, a methylene or carbon unit of an alkyl or aliphatic chain is optionally replaced with another atom or group. Examples of s uch atoms or groups include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, ‐C(O)‐, ‐C(=N‐CN)‐, ‐C(=NR)‐, ‐C (=NOR)‐, ‐SO‐, and ‐SO 2 ‐. These atoms or groups can be combined to form larger groups. Examples of such larger groups include ‐OC(O)‐, ‐C(O)CO‐, ‐CO 2 ‐, ‐C(O)NR‐, ‐C(=N‐CN), ‐NRCO‐, ‐N RC(O)O‐, ‐SO 2 NR‐, ‐NRSO 2 ‐, ‐NRC(O)NR‐, ‐OC(O)NR‐, and ‐NRSO 2 NR‐, wherein R is, for example, H or C 1‐6 aliphatic. It should be understood that these groups can be bonded to the methylene or carbon uni ts of the aliphatic chain via single, double, or triple bonds. An example of an optional replacement (nitrogen atom in this case) that is bonded to the aliphatic chain via a double bond would be –CH 2 CH=N‐CH 3 . In some cases, especially on the terminal end, an optional replacement can be bonded to the aliphatic group via a triple bond. One example of this would be CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C≡N. It should be understood that in this situaƟon, the terminal nitrogen is not bonded to another atom.
[161] It should also be understood that, the term "methyle ne unit" or "carbon unit" can also refer to branched or substituted methylene or carbon units. Fo r example, in an isopropyl moiety [‐CH(CH 3 ) 2 ], a nitrogen atom (e.g., NR) replacing the first recit ed "methylene unit" would result in dimethylamine [‐N(CH 3 ) 2 ]. In instances such as these, one of skill i n the art would understand that the nitrogen atom will not have any additional atoms bonded to it, an d the "R" from "NR" would be absent in this case.
[162] Unless otherwise indicated, the optional replacements form a chemically stable compound. Optional replacements can occur both within the chain and/or at either end of the chain; i.e. both at the point of attachment and/or also at the terminal end. Two optional replacements can also be adjacent to each other within a chain so long as it results in a chemically stable compound. For example, a C 3 aliphatic can be optionally replaced by 2 nit rogen atoms to form –C–N≡N.
[163] Unless otherwise indicated, if the replacement occurs at the terminal end, the replacement atom is bound to a hydrogen atom on the terminal end. F or example, if a methylene unit of ‐CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 were optionally replaced with ‐O‐, the resulting compound could be ‐OCH 2 CH 3 , ‐CH 2 OCH 3 , or ‐CH 2 CH 2 OH. It should be understood that if the termin al atom does not contain any free valence electrons, then a hydrogen atom is not required at the terminal end (e.g., ‐CH 2 CH 2 CH=O or ‐CH 2 CH 2 C≡N).
[164] Unless otherwise indicated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, geometric, conformational, and rotational) forms of the structure. For example, the R and S configurations for each asymmet ric center, (Z) and (E) double bond isomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers are included in this invention. As would be understood to one skilled in the art, a substituent can freely rotate around any rotatable bonds. For example, a
substituent drawn as also represents
[165] Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, geometric, conformational, and rotational mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention.
[166] Unless otherwise indicated, all tautomeric forms of t he compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
[167] In some aspects, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13 C‐ or 14 C‐enriched carbon are within the scope of thi s invention. Such compounds are useful, for example, for therapeutics a nd/or analytical tools or probes in biological assays. Especially deuterium ( 2 H)‐labeled compounds can also be used for the rapeutic purposes. [168] In some embodiments, a provided chemical entity is a n isotope‐labeled chemical entity, which is an isotope‐labeled free compound of Formula (I′), such as an isotope‐labeled free compound of Formula (II'), (III'), (A'), (B'), (C'), (1'), (3'), (II.A'), (II.B'), (II.C'), (II.1'), (III.A'), (III.B') , (III.C'), (III.1'), (A.1'), (B.1'), (C.1'), (II.A.1'), (II.B.1'), (II.C.1'), (III.A .1'), (III.A.1a'), (III.A.1b'), (III.A.3'), (III.B.1') and/or (III.C.1'), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the formula and variables of the foregoing Formulas are each and independently as described abov e for Formula (I), (II), (III), (A), (B), (C), (1), (3), (II.A), (II.B), (II.C), (II.1), (III.A), (III.B), (III .C), (III.1), (A.1), (B.1), (C.1), (II.A.1), (II.B.1), (II.C.1), (III.A.1), (III.A.1a), (III.A.1b), (III.A.3), (III.B.1), (III.C.1), or any other embodiments described above, provided that one or more atoms therein have been replaced b y an atom or atoms having an atomic mass or mass number which differs from the atomic mass or m ass number of the atom which usually occurs naturally ("isotope labeled"). Examples of isotopes which are commercially available and suitable for the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, for example, 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively.
[169] The isotope‐labeled chemical entities of the invention (e.g., free compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) can be used in a number of beneficial ways. They can be suitable for medicaments and/or various types of assa ys, such as substrate tissue distribution assays. For example, tritium ( 3 H)‐ and/or carbon‐14 ( 14 C)‐labeled compounds are particularly useful for various types of assays, such as substrate tissue distribution assays, due to relatively simple preparation and excellent detectability. For example, deuterium ( 2 H)‐labeled compounds are therapeutically useful with potential therapeutic advan tages over the non‐ 2 H‐labeled compounds. In some instances, deuterium ( 2 H)‐labeled compounds can have higher metabolic stability as compared to those compounds that are not isotope‐labeled owi ng to the kinetic isotope effect described below. Higher metabolic stability generally translates directly into an increased in vivo half‐life or lower dosages, which under most circumstances would represen t a preferred embodiment of the present invention. The isotope‐labeled compounds of the inve ntion can usually be prepared by carrying out the procedures described herein, replacing a non‐isotope‐labeled reactant by a readily available isotope‐labeled reactant.
[170] In some embodiments, the isotope‐labeled compounds of the invention are deuterium ( 2 H)‐ labeled compounds. In some embodiments, the invention is directed to deuterium ( 2 H)‐labeled chemical entities of Formula (I), such as chemical e ntities of Formula (II), (III), (A), (B), (C), (1), (3), (II.A), (II.B), (II.C), (II.1), (III.A), (III.B), (III.C), (II I.1), (A.1), (B.1), (C.1), (II.A.1), (II.B.1), (II.C.1 ), (III.A.1), (III.A.1a), (III.A.1b), (III.A.3), (III.B.1) and/or (III.C.1). In some embodiments, the invention is directed to deuterium ( 2 H)‐labeled compounds of Table 1. In some embodiments, one, two, three or four hydrogen atoms are replaced by deuterium. In some embodiments, one hydrogen atom is replaced by deuterium. In some embodiments, two hydrogen atoms are replaced by deuterium. In some embodiments, three hydrogen atoms are replaced by deuterium. In some embodiments, four hydrogen atoms are replaced by deuterium.
[171] Deuterium ( 2 H)‐labeled compounds of the invention can mani pulate the oxidative metabolism of the compound by way of the primary kinetic isotope effect. The primary kinetic isotope effect is a change of the rate for a chemical reaction that res ults from exchange of isotopic nuclei, which in turn is caused by the change in ground state energies ne cessary for covalent bond formation after this isotopic exchange. Exchange of a heavier isotope usually results in a lowering of the ground state energy for a chemical bond and thus causes a reduct ion in the rate‐limiting bond breakage. If the bon d breakage occurs in or in the vicinity of a saddle point region along the coordinate of a multi‐produ ct reaction, the product distribution ratios can be alte red substantially. For explanation: if deuterium is bonded to a carbon atom at a non‐exchangeable posi tion, rate differences of k M/ k D = 2‐7 are typical. If this rate difference is successfully applied to, for example, a compound of Formula (I′), the profi le of this compound in vivo can be drastically modified and result in improved pharmacokinetic properties. For a further discussion, see S. L. Harb eson and R. D. Tung, Deuterium In Drug Discovery and Development, Ann. Rep. Med. Chem. 2011, 46, 403 417, incorporated in its entirety herein by reference.
[172] The concentration of the isotope(s) (e.g., deuterium) incorporated into the isotope‐labeled compounds of the invention may be defined by the is otopic enrichment factor. The term "isotopic enrichment factor" as used herein means the ratio be tween the isotopic abundance and the natural abundance of a specified isotope. In some embodiments, if a substituent in a compound of the invention is denoted deuterium, such compound has an isotopic enrichment factor for each designated deuterium atom of at least 3500 (52.5% deuterium incorporation at each designated deuterium atom), at least 4000 (60% deuterium incorporation), at least 4500 (67.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 5000 (75% deuterium incorporation), at least 5500 (82.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 6000 (90% deuterium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95% deuterium incorporation), at least 6466.7 (97% deuterium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% deuterium incorporation), or at least 6633.3 (99.5% deuterium i ncorporation).
[173] When discovering and developing therapeutic agents, th e person skilled in the art attempts to maximize pharmacokinetic parameters while retaining desirable in vitro properties. In vitro liver microsomal assays currently available provide valuable information on the course of hepatic microsomal oxidative metabolism, which in turn permits the rational design of the deuterium ( 2 H)‐ labeled compounds of the invention which can have im proved stability through resistance to such oxidative metabolism. Significant improvements in the pharmacokinetic profiles of such compounds can thereby be obtained, and can be expressed quanti tatively in terms of increases in the in vivo half life (t 1/2 ), concentration at maximum therapeutic effect ( C max ), area under the dose response curve (AUC), and bioavailability; and in terms of reduced clearance, dose and materials costs.
[174] The following is intended to illustrate the above: a deuterium ( 2 H)‐labeled compound of the invention, which has multiple potential sites of atta ck for oxidative metabolism, for example benzylic hydrogen atoms and hydrogen atoms bonded to a nitrog en atom, is prepared as a series of analogues in which various combinations of hydrogen atoms are replaced by deuterium atoms, so that some, most or all of these hydrogen atoms have been repla ced by deuterium atoms. Half‐life determinations enable favorable and accurate determination of the ex tent to which the improvement in resistance to oxidative metabolism has improved. In this way, i t is determined that the half‐life of the parent compound can be extended by up to 100% as the resu lt of deuterium‐hydrogen exchange of this type. [175] Deuterium‐hydrogen exchange in a deuterium ( 2 H)‐labeled compound of the invention can also be used to achieve a favorable modification of the metabolite spectrum of the starting compound in order to diminish or eliminate undesired toxic metabo lites. For example, if a toxic metabolite arises through oxidative carbon‐hydrogen (C‐H) bond cleavage, the deuterated analogue may greatly diminish or eliminate production of the unwanted meta bolite, even if the particular oxidation is not a rate‐determining step. Further information on the state of the art with respect to deuterium‐ hydrogen exchange may be found, for example in Hanzl ik et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 3992‐3997, 1990, Reider et al., J. Org. Chem. 52, 3326‐3334, 1987, Foster, Adv. Drug Res. 14, 1‐40, 1985, Gillette e t al., Biochemistry 33(10) 2927‐2937, 1994, and Jarman et al. Carcinogenesis 16(4), 683‐688, 1993.
Pharmacology
[176] Adrenoleukodystrophy (ALD), also known as X‐linked adrenoleukodystrophy or X‐ adrenoleukodystrophy (X‐ALD), is a metabolic disorder in which patients accumulate VLCFA due to the absence or misfolding of ALD protein, a peroxiso mal endoplasmic reticulum membrane protein encoded by the ATP Binding Cassette protein D1 (ABCD 1) transporter gene. (Mosser, et al. Nature (1993), 361: 726–730) This transporter ALD protein is required for the import of VLCFA into peroxisomes where they are degraded through beta‐oxi dation by proteins including Acyl‐CoA oxidase (ACOX1) and D‐Bifunctional protein. VLCFA elongatio n occurs via the successive addition of 2 carbon atom units by ELOVL family members (Jakobsson A., et al. Prog. Lipid Res. 2006; 45:237–249). ELOVL6 elongates shorter VLCFA; ELOVL7 elongates mid‐range VLCFA; and ELOVL1 is primarily responsible for the synthesis of C26:0 (T. Sassa, et al. J. Lipid Res. 55(3), (2014): 524‐530). ALD is associate d with impaired peroxisomal beta‐oxidation and accumulation of very long‐chain fatty acids (VLCFA) in tissues and body fluids (e.g., plasma, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF)). Mutations in the ABCD1 gene impair the degradation of VLCFA by preventing their transpor tation into peroxisomes where they are broken down by beta‐oxidation. This disruption in the VL CFA degradation process results in the accumulation of VLCFA, for example, C24:0 and C26:0, in plasma a nd tissues. ALD patients accumulate C26:0 (and longer carbon chain lengths) VLCFA and their incorporation products, including lysophosphatidylcholines (LPC), sphingomyelins, acylcarnitines, cholesterol esters and ceramides. These accumulating VLCFA are thought to be particular ly detrimental to the central nervous system; accumulation of C26:0 VLCFA are thought to be the p athological factor disrupting the fatty acid‐rich myelin sheath, the adrenal glands and Leydig cells i n testes; ABCD1 KO mice exhibit a thickening of myelin that appears to disrupt peripheral axons and leads to AMN‐like symptoms. (A. Pujol et al., Human Molecular Genetics 2002, 11: 499‐505). Inter estingly, mutations in either Acyl‐CoA oxidase or D‐Bifunctional protein also lead to accumulation of VLCFA and fatal demyelinating disorders, supporting the hypothesis that increased VLCFA cause the underlying pathophysiology of ALD. [177] High levels of C26:0 have been correlated with patho genic effects. (R. Orfman et al., EMBO Mol. Med. 2010, 2:90‐97). For example, C26:0 decreases the response of adrenocortical cells to adrenocorticotropic hormone stimulation. (R.W. Whitcomb et al., J. Clin. Invest. 1988, 81:185‐188). A pathogenic role for C26:0 is further supported by it s disruptive effects on the structure, stability and function of cell membranes (J.K. Ho et al., J. Clin . Invest. 1995, 96:1455‐1463; R.A. Knazek et al., J. Clin. Invest. 1983, 72:245‐248), and by its possible cont ribution to oxidative stress. (S. Fourcade et al., H um. Mol. Genet. 2008, 17:1762‐1773; J.M. Powers et al., J. Neuropathol. Exp. 2005, 64:1067‐1079).
[178] Mutations in other proteins of the VLCFA degradation pathway, Acyl‐CoA oxidase, D‐Bifunctional protein (DBP), Acyl‐CoA binding domain containing protein 5 (ACBD5), also contribute to VLCFA accumulation and demyelinating diseases in humans.
[179] In some embodiments, the chemical entities are useful for treating at least one of the following diseases: ALD and its phenotypes (e.g., CALD and AMN), ACOX deficiency, DBP deficiency, ACBD5 deficiency, or Zellweger spectrum disorders (ZSDs).
[180] VLCFA are synthesized by the fatty acid elongation cycle, and the rate‐limiting step is enzymatically catalyzed by the elongation of very lon g‐chain fatty acids (ELOVL). Of the seven known ELOVL isozymes, ELOVL1 is the primary enzyme responsi ble for the synthesis of C22:0 to C26:0 VLCFA that are accumulated in ALD patients. (Orfman). Accor dingly, compounds that inhibit ELOVL1 may be useful in suppressing the synthesis of VLCFA and the refore useful in the treatment of disorders such as ALD. Without being bound by theory, certain com pounds described herein, such as Compound 87, inhibit ELOVL1, which may cause the reduction in VLC FA levels observed herein.
Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts
[181] The compounds of this invention can exist in free f orm for treatment, or where appropriate, as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
[182] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" means any non‐toxic salt of a chemical entity described herein that, upon administration to a patient or to a sample, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, the chemical entity or an active metabo lite or residue thereof. As used herein, the term "active metabolite or residue thereof" means that a metabolite or residue thereof also provides a reduction in a VLCFA level.
[183] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1‐19, incorporated herein by reference. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from suitable inorgani c and organic acids and bases. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds. Acid addition salts can be prepared by 1) reacting the purified free co mpound in its free‐base form with a suitable organ ic or inorganic acid and 2) isolating the salt thus fo rmed.
[184] Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid , hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as a cetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using oth er methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, gluconate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2‐hydroxy‐ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2‐ naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxala te, palmitate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3‐phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, prop ionate, salicylate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p‐toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
[185] Base addition salts can be prepared by 1) reacting the purified free compound in its free acid form with a suitable organic or inorganic base and 2) isolating the salt thus formed. Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal (e.g., sodium, lithium, and potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium and calcium), ammonium and N + (C 1‐4 alkyl) 4 salts. This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen‐containing group s of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil‐soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization.
[186] Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate. Other acids and bases, while not in themselves pharmaceutically accept able, may be employed in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compou nds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base addition salts.
Pharmaceutically Acceptable Derivatives or Prodrugs
[187] In addition to the compounds of this invention, pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives or prodrugs of the compounds of this invention may also be employed in compositions to treat or prevent the diseases, conditions and disorders. Specif ic examples are described below. [188] The compounds of this invention can also exist as pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives. A "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative" is an adduct or derivative which, upon administration to a patient in need, is capable of providing, directly or indirectly, a compound as otherwise described herein, or a metabolite or residue thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives include esters and salts of such esters.
[189] A "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or prodrug" means any pharmaceutically acceptable ester, salt of an ester or other derivative or salt thereof of a chemical entity described herein that upon administration to a patient or sample, is capab le of providing, either directly or indirectly, the chemical entity or an active metabolite or residue t hereof. Particularly favored derivatives or prodrugs are those that increase the bioavailability of a che mical entity described herein when such chemical entity is administered to a patient (e.g., by allowing an orally administered compound to be more readily absorbed into the blood) or sample, or which enhance delivery of the chemical entity to a biological compartment (e.g., the brain or lymphatic system), tissue, biological fluid or cell relative to the chemical entity that is not delivered as a deri vative or prodrug.
[190] Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs of the compounds of this invention include esters, amino acid esters, phosphate esters, metal salts and sulfon ate esters.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
[191] The present invention also provides chemical entities and compositions that are useful for reduction of VLCFA levels or for treating disorders related to impaired peroxisomal function (e.g., impaired transport of VLCFA into the peroxisomes or impaired VLCFA degradation/metabolism within the peroxisomes) or accumulation of very long‐chain fatty acids (VLCFA).
[192] In some aspects the present invention provides pharma ceutically acceptable compositions that comprise any of the chemical entities as described herein, and additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or excipi ent.
[193] The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or excipient, as used herein, includes any and all solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicle, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, pre servatives, solid binders, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. R EMINGTON: THE SCIENCE AND PRACTICE OF PHARMACY, 20 th Edition, A.R. Gennaro (ed.), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins: Baltimore, MD (2000) discloses various carriers used in formulating pharmaceutically acceptabl e compositions and known techniques for the preparation thereof. Except insofar as any conventional carrier medium is incompatible with the compounds of the invention, such as by producing any undesirable biological effect or otherwise interacting in a deleterious manner with any other c omponent(s) of the pharmaceutically acceptable composition, its use is contemplated to be within th e scope of this invention.
[194] Some examples of materials which can serve as pharma ceutically acceptable carriers include ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, or potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, s alts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phospha te, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene‐ polyoxypropylene‐block polymers, wool fat, sugars suc h as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils such as pea nut oil, cottonseed oil; safflower oil; sesame oil; olive oil; corn oil and soybean oil; glycols such a propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering a gents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen‐free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non‐to xic compatible lubricants such as sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium stearyl fumarate, and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perf uming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the formulator.
[195] The chemical entities of the invention can be formul ated into pharmaceutical compositions for administration to animals or humans. In some embodiments, these pharmaceutical compositions comprise an amount of a chemical entity described he rein effective to treat or prevent the diseases or conditions described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or excipient. [196] The exact amount of compound required for treatment will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. The chemical entities of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease o f administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression "dosage unit form" as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of f actors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combina tion or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
[197] In some embodiments, these compositions optionally fur ther comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents. Some embodiments provide a simultaneous, separate or sequential use of a combined preparation.
Uses and Methods of Treatment
[198] In some aspects, the present invention provides chemi cal entities that reduce a VLCFA level and compositions comprising such chemical entities, as des cribed above. In some aspects, the present invention provides methods and uses for treating or preventing a disease, condition, or disorder responsive to reduction in VLCFA level, which employ administering a chemical entity of the invention, such as a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutical ly acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprising such chemical entity. Such methods and uses typically employ administering an effective amount of a chemica l entity or pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a patient or subject. In some embodim ents, the reduction in VLCFA level is reversible. [199] The terms, "disease", "disorder", and "condition" may be used interchangeably herein to refer to any deviation from or interruption of the normal structure or function of any body part, organ, or system that is manifested by a characteristic set of symptoms and signs. Diseases, disorders and conditions of particular interest in the context of the present invention are those responsive to reduction of VLCFA level.
[200] As used herein, the terms "subject" and "patient" ar e used interchangeably. The terms "subject" and "patient" refer to an animal (e.g., a bird such as a chicken, quail or turkey, or a mammal), particularly a mammal including non‐primates (e.g., a cow, pig, horse, sheep, rabbit, guinea pig, rat, cat, dog, or mouse) and primates (e.g., a monkey, c himpanzee or human), and more particularly a human. In some embodiments, the subject is a non‐human animal such as a farm animal (e.g., a horse, cow, pig or sheep), or a pet (e.g., a dog, cat, guinea pig or rabbit). In some embodiments, the subject is a human. [201] As used herein, an "effective amount" refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response. In the present invention, certain examples of the desired biological response is to treat or prevent a disease, condition or disorder responsive to reduction in VLCFA level, or to enhance or improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy used against a disease, condition or disorder responsive to reduction in VLCFA level. The precise amount of compound administered to a subject will depend on the mode of administration, the type and severity of the disease, condition, or disorder and on the characteristics of the patien t, such as general health, age, sex, body weight an d tolerance to drugs. Persons skilled in the art will be able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors. When co‐administered wi th other agents, an "effective amount" of the second agent will depend on the type of drug used. Suitable dosages are known for approved agents and can be adjusted by the person skilled in the a rt according to the condition of the patient, the t ype of condition(s) being treated and the amount of a compound described herein being used. For example, chemical entities described herein can be ad ministered to a subject in a dosage range from between approximately 0.01 to 100 mg/kg body weight/day for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment. The chemical entities and compositions, according to the methods of the present invention, may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for eliciting the desired biological response.
[202] As used herein, the terms "treat," "treatment" and " treating" can refer to both therapeutic and prophylactic treatments. For example, therapeutic treat ments include the reduction, amelioration, slowing or arrest of the progression, severity and/or duration of one or more conditions, diseases or disorders and/or of one or more symptoms (specificall y, one or more discernible symptoms) thereof, resulting from the administration of one or more the rapies (e.g., one or more therapeutic agents such as a chemical entity or composition of the invention). In some embodiments, treatment refers to reduction or amelioration of the progression, severity and/or duration of one or more conditions, diseases or disorders, resulting from the administration of one or more therapies. In some embodiments, treatment refers to reduction or ameliora tion of the severity and/or duration of one or more conditions, diseases or disorders, resulting from the administration of one or more therapies. In some embodiments, treatment refers to reduction or amelioration of the progression, severity and/or duration of one or more symptoms (specifically , one or more discernible symptoms) of one or more conditions, diseases or disorders, resulting from the administration of one or more therapies. In some embodiments, treatment refers to reduction or amelioration of the severity and/or duration of one or more symptoms (specifically, one or more discernible symptoms) of one or more conditions, diseases or disorders, resulting from the administration of one or more therapies. Prophylactic treatments include prevention or delay of the onset of one or more conditions, diseases or disorders and/or of one or more symptoms (specifically, one or more discernible symptoms) thereof, resulting from the administration of one or more therapies (e.g., one or more therapeutic agents such as a chemical entity or composition of the invention). In some embodiments, treatment refers to prevention or delay of the onset of one or more co nditions, diseases or disorders resulting from the administration of one or more therapies. In some emb odiments, treatment refers to prevention or delay of the onset of one or more symptoms (specifi cally, one or more discernible symptoms) of one or more conditions, diseases or disorders resulting f rom the administration of one or more therapies.
[203] In some embodiments, the invention provides co‐administering to a patient an additional therapeutic agent, wherein said additional therapeutic agent is appropriate for the disease, condition or disorder being treated; and said additional therapeutic agent is administered together with a chemical entity of the invention as a single dosage form, or separately from said compound as part of a multiple dosage form.
[204] As used herein, the terms "in combination" or "co‐ administration" can be used interchangeably to refer to the use of more than one therapy (e.g., one or more prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents). The use of the terms does not restrict the order in which therapies (e.g., prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents) are administered to a patient, no r does it require administration in any specific proximity in time, so long as in the judgment of a suitable physician the patient is understood to be receiving the one or more therapies at the same tim e. For example, receiving therapy A on days 1‐5 of a 28‐day schedule and therapy B on days 1, 8 and 15 of a 21‐day schedule would be considered "in combination" or a "co‐administration".
[205] Co‐administration also encompasses administration of the first and second amounts of the compounds of the co‐administration in an essentially simultaneous manner, such as in a single pharmaceutical composition, for example, capsule or ta blet having a fixed ratio of first and second amounts, or in multiple, separate capsules or tablets for each. In addition, such co‐administration also encompasses use of each compound in a sequential man ner in either order.
[206] Therapies which may be used in combination with the chemical entities of the present invention include Lorenzo’s Oil (4:1 glycerol trioleate and g lyceryl trierucate), allogenic hematopoetic stem cell transplant, autologous hematopoetic stem cell transplant, corticosteroid replacement therapy and CNS gene replacement therapy.
Modes of Administration and Dosage Forms
[207] The pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this i nvention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucal ly, as an oral or nasal spray or via inhalation, o r the like, depending on the identity and/or severity of the disease being treated. In certain embodiments, the chemical entities of the invention m ay be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg , about 0.1 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, , of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
[208] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elix irs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents common ly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3‐butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, gro undnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), derivatized/modified beta‐cyclodextrin, glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, sodium lauryl sulfate, d‐α‐tocopheryl polyethylene glycol succinate (TPGS; also called vitamin E‐TPGS or toco phersolan), and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
[209] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectabl e aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suita ble dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3‐ butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solven ts that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution . In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventional ly employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For th is purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono‐ or diglycerides. In addi tion, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in t he preparation of injectables.
[210] The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial‐ retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agen ts in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or o ther sterile injectable medium prior to use. [211] In order to prolong the effect of a compound of th e present invention, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of c rystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then depends upon its rate of dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide‐polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues. [212] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention w ith suitable non‐irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppo sitory wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
[213] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include ca psules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, fo r example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents (or disintegrant) such as agar‐agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, ce rtain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
[214] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be em ployed as fillers in soft and hard‐filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk su gar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of t ablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard‐filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
[215] The active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dr agees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, r elease controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In suc h solid dosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional subs tances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form s may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionall y, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
[216] Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, sol utions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, eardrops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scop e of this invention. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absor ption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
[217] The compositions of the present invention may be adm inistered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir. The term "parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, int ravenous, intramuscular, intra‐articular, intra‐ synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, the compositions are administ ered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously. [218] Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated acco rding to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non‐toxic pa renterally‐acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3‐butanedio l. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthe tic mono‐ or di‐glycerides. Fatty acids, such a s oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically‐acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long‐chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants, such as d‐α‐toco pheryl polyethylene glycol succinate (TPGS; also called vitamin E‐TPGS or tocophersolan), Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation. [219] The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including capsules, tablets, aq ueous suspensions or solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. Whe n aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening, flavouring or colouring agents may also b e added.
[220] Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These ca n be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non‐irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the dr ug. Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols. [221] The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the low er intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations a re readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
[222] Topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formu lation. Topically‐transdermal patches may also be used.
[223] For topical applications, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of this invention include mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, po lyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical composit ions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or d issolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include minera l oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2‐octyldodecanol, benzy l alcohol and water.
[224] For ophthalmic use, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
[225] The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well‐known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as sol utions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
[226] The amount of chemical entity that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated, the particular mode of administration. Preferably, the compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 ‐ 100 mg/kg body weight/day of the chemical entity can be admini stered to a patient receiving these compositions. [227] It should also be understood that a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated. The amount of the chemical entity will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
Administering with another Agent
[228] Depending upon the particular conditions to be treate d or prevented, additional drugs, which are normally administered to treat or prevent that condition, may be administered together with the chemical entities of this invention.
[229] Those additional agents may be administered separately , as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with the chemical entity in a single composition.
Biological Samples
[230] The chemical entities and compositions of this invent ion are also useful in biological samples. In some aspects, the invention relates to a reduction i n VLCFA level in a biological sample, which method comprises contacting said biological sample with a ch emical entity described herein or a composition comprising said chemical entity. The term "biological sample", as used herein, means an in vitro or an ex vivo sample, including cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof. The term "chemical entities described herei n" includes chemical entities of Formula I.
Synthetic Methods
[231] In general, the chemical entities of the invention c an be prepared by methods described herein or by other methods known to those skilled in the art. Exemplary preparations of the chemical entities of the invention are described below.
[232] An exemplary synthetic route to compounds of Formula (I) is shown above in Scheme 1. Compounds listed in Table A can be made, for exampl e, via this route. Amine 1.1 and carboxylic acid 1.2 can be coupled using amide bond‐forming methods known in the art such as Methods A through R described below for Scheme Amide‐1.
[233] Exemplary synthetic routes to amine 1.1 are shown ab ove in Scheme 2. For example, (i) pyrazole 2.1 can be coupled to halide R 3 ‐X using methods known in the art such as c opper bromide‐mediated coupling as described below for Scheme Amine‐2. Alt ernatively, (ii) nitrile 2.2 can be reacted with hydrazine 2.3 under conditions known in the art suitable to form amine 1.1, e.g., those described below for Scheme Amine‐3. In another alternative sy nthesis (iii) nitro‐substituted pyrazole 2.4 can be coupled to halide R 3 ‐X and then reduced using methods known in t he art, e.g., those described below for Scheme Amine‐4.
Scheme 3
[234] An exemplary synthetic route to carboxylic acid 1.2 is shown above in Scheme 3. Nitrile 3.1 can be reacted with an appropriate electrophile 3.2 using methods known in the art suitable to form carboxylic acid 1.2, e.g., those described below for Scheme Acid‐1. Scheme 3 illustrates the formation of cyclopropane carboxylic acid 1.2'; however, suitabl e selection of electrophile 3.2 and appropriate modification to make other carboxylic acids 1.2 will be apparent to persons skilled in the art.
[235] An alternative synthetic route to compounds of Formula (I) is shown above in Scheme 4. Compounds listed in Tables B and C can be made, fo r example, via routes (4a) and (4b), respectively. Pyrazole 4.3 can be coupled to halide R 3 ‐X using methods known in the art such as c opper‐mediated coupling Methods A through C described below for Sch eme Aryl‐2 when X is Br or I, or nucleophilic displacement as described below for Scheme S N Ar‐1 when X is Cl.
[236] An exemplary synthetic route to pyrazole 4.3 is show n above in Scheme 5. Carboxylic acid 5.1 can be converted to the corresponding acid chloride 5.2 and coupled to 1H‐protected pyrazolamine 5.3 followed by deprotection to pyrazole 4.3 using method s known in the art such as those described below for Scheme Aryl‐1. Scheme 5 illustrates the formation of cyclopropane‐ and phenyl‐containing pyrazole 4.3' starting from carboxylic acid 5.1'; how ever, suitable selection of cyclopropane carboxylic acid 5.1 and appropriate modification to make other pyrazoles 4.3 will be apparent to persons skilled in the art.
Enumerated Embodiments
[237] In some embodiments, provided are:
1. a. A chemical entity, which is a free compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formula (I) has the structure, (I), wherein:
each of R 1a and R 1b independently is H, ‐C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycl e does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or
R 1a and R 1b , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to w hich R 1a and R 1b are attached;
wherein each of said C 3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ NR J1
2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together wi th the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
R 2 is phenyl or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selec ted from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J2a 2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN, wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
R 3 is phenyl, or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selec ted from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, C 1‐4 alkyl and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐;
wherein 0 to 6 hydrogen atoms of said compound o f Formula (I) are optionally replaced with deuterium; provided that the compound of Formula (I) is not
b. A chemical entity, which is a free compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formula (I) has the structure, (I), wherein:
each of R 1a and R 1b independently is H, ‐C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a 1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycl e does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or
R 1a and R 1b , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to w hich R 1a and R 1b are attached;
wherein each of said C 3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ NR J1
2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together wi th the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
R 2 is phenyl or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selec ted from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a substit uent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
R 3 is phenyl, or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selec ted from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, C 1‐4 alkyl and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐;
wherein 0 to 6 hydrogen atoms of said compound o f Formula (I) are optionally replaced with deuterium; provided that the compound of Formula (I) is not
2. The chemical entity of embodiment 1, wherein e ach of R 1a and R 1b independently is H, ‐C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a J1a J1
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R 2 )) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐membered monocycli c heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N, and S,
wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heteroc ycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or
R 1a and R 1b , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to w hich R 1a and R 1b are attached;
wherein each of said C 3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(R J1a a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ NR J1
2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together wi th the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
3. The chemical entity of embodiment 1 or 2, w hich is a free compound of Formula (I).
4. The chemical entity of embodiment 1 or 2 , which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula (I).
5. Th chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐4, w hich is a chemical entity of Formula (II):
wherein:
A is a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 4‐ to 6‐membered monocycli c heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S; wherein the 1 ring heter oatom is not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached; each instance of R 5 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2 or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; n5 is 0, 1 or 2.
6. The chemical entity of embodiment 5, wherein A is c yclopropyl, cyclobutyl or oxetanyl.
7. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III):
wherein:
each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom sele cted from O, N, and S,
wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heteroc ycle does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl.
8. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐ 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (A):
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
b. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (A):
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
9. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐ 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (B):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 3a
1 ‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
b. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (B):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
10. The chemical entity of embodiment 9, wherein X 1 is N, and X 2 and X 3 are carbon atoms.
11. The chemical entity of embodiment 9, wherein X 2 is N, and X 1 and X 3 are carbon atoms.
12. The chemical entity of embodiment 9, wherein X 3 is N, and X 1 and X 2 are carbon atoms.
13. The chemical entity of embodiment 9, wherein:
ne of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms su ch that
(a) when X 1 is N, then is ;
b) when X 2 is N, then nd
one instance of R 8* is ‐F, and each of the other instances of R 8* independently is ‐H, ‐F or R 8 ; each instance of R 8 independently is selected from ‐Cl, ‐Br, I, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐NH 2 , ‐NHR J3 , ‐N(R J3 ) 2 , ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n8* is equal to the number of instances of R 8* that are not ‐H;
n8 is 0, 1 or 2 such that n8 + n8* ≤ 3,
14 a. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (C):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐ 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (C):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms; each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
1 a. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐ 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a R J1a J1
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C( 2 )) 0‐2 ‐SR , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
16. a. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (3):
wherein:
D is 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl ha ving 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected fro m O, N and S;
each instance of R 12 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 carbocycle and said 5‐ to 7‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n12 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
b. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1 4, which is a chemical entity of Formula (3): wherein: D is 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl havin g 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S;
each instance of R 12 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J2
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 carbocycle and said 5‐ to 7‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n12 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
1 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 5 or 6, which is a chemical entity of Formula (II.A):
(II.A), wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a 3
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 5 or 6, which i s a chemical entity of Formula (II.A):
(II.A), wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
1 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 5 or 6, which is a chemical entity of Formula (II.B):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 5 or 6, which i s a chemical entity of Formula (II.B):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
1 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 5 or 6, which is a chemical entity of Formula (II.C):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 5 or 6, which i s a chemical entity of Formula (II.C):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
2 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 5 or 6, which is a chemical entity of Formula (II.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , or ‐CN, ,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 5 or 6, which i s a chemical entity of Formula (II.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , or ‐CN, ,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
21. a. The chemical entity of embodiment 7, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.A):
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 7, which is a c hemical entity of Formula (III.A):
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a 3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
22. a. The chemical entit of embodiment 7, which is a chemical entity of Fo rmula (III.B):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms; each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a 3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 7, which is a c hemical entity of Formula (III.B):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a 3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
2 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 7, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.C):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a 3
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN, wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 7, which is a c hemical entity of Formula (III.C):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl; and
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
24 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 7, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a 2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 7, which is a c hemical entity of Formula (III.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J2
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
2 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 8, which is a chemical entity of Formula (A.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a 2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 8, which is a c hemical entity of Formula (A.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J1
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
26. a. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9 12, which is a chemical entity of Formula (B 1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a 2
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J , ‐(C(R J2a 2
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J , 2 J2
‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J
2, ‐C(O)R , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
b. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9 12, which is a chemical entity of Formula (B 1):
wherein:
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
2 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 14 or 15, whic h is a chemical entity of Formula (C.1):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 14 or 15, which is a chemical entity of Formula (C.1):
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN, wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
2 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 17 or 20, whic h is a chemical entity of Formula (II.A.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2
‐C(O)R J3 , and –CN;
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl; wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 17 or 20, which is a chemical entity of Formula (II.A.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a 1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
29. a. The chemical entity of embodiment 18 or 20, whic h is a chemical entity of Formula (II.B.1):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C J3a
1 ‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 18 or 20, which is a chemical entity of Formula (II.B.1):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms; each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
3 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 19 or 20, whic h is a chemical entity of Formula (II.C.1):
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 19 or 20, which is a chemical entity of Formula (II.C.1):
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a 1 J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R 2 )) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
31. a. The chemical entity of embodiment 21 or 24, whic h is a chemical entity of Formula (III.A.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a J2
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 21 or 24, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.A.1):
wherein:
each instance of R 7 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a J3
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n7 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
32 The chemical entity of embodiment 31, which is a ch emical entity of Formula (III.A.1a):
3 The chemical entity of embodiment 31, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.A.1b):
34. a. The chemical entity of embodiment 21, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.A.3):
wherein: D is 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl havin g 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S;
each instance of R 12 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 carbocycle and said 5‐ to 7‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n12 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
b. The chemical entity of embodiment 21, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.A.3):
wherein:
D is 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl ha ving 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected fro m O, N and S;
each instance of R 12 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 carbocycle and said 5‐ to 7‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n12 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
35. a. The chemical entity of embodiment 22 or 24, whic h is a chemical entity of Formula (III.B.1):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms;
each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 22 or 24, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.B.1):
wherein:
one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is N, and the other two are carbon atoms; each instance of R 8 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n8 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
3 a. The chemical entity of embodiment 23 or 24, whic h is a chemical entity of Formula (III.C.1):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C a
1 ‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a J3
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
The chemical entity of embodiment 23 or 24, which is a chemical entity of Formula (III.C.1):
wherein:
B is 5‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐ 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 2 or 3 ring nitrogen atoms;
each instance of R 9 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2,
‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
n9 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each instance of R 10 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐ (C(R J2a a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐ CN, or two adjacent R 10 forms methylenedioxy, wherein the methylene uni t of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo;
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, wherein each of said C 5‐7 cycloalkyl and 5‐ to 7‐membered monocyclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
n10 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
37. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein X 1 is N, and X 2 and X 3 are CH.
38. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein X 2 is N, and X 1 and X 3 are CH.
39. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein X 3 is N, and X 1 and X 2 are CH.
40. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 5, 17 ‐20 and 28‐30, wherein A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, azetidine, oxeta ne, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran,
tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine, tetrahydropyran or t etrahydrothiopyran, wherein the heteroatom of the foregoing applicable rings are not bonded to the carbon to which A is attached, and wherein each o f the foregoing rings is unsubstituted or substituted w ith 1‐2 instances of R 5 , wherein each instance of R 5 independently is selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐
(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, fo rm a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
41. The chemical entity of embodiment 40, wherein A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperi dine or tetrahydropyran.
42. The chemical entity of embodiment 40, wherein A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, pyrrolidine, oxetane or tetrahydropyran.
43. The chemical entity of embodiment 40, wherein A is pyrrolidine, oxetane or tetrahydropyran. 44. The chemical entity of embodiment 40, wherein A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, oxetane or tetrahydropyran.
45. The chemical entity of embodiment 40, wherein A is oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, or
tetrahydropyran.
46. The chemical entity of embodiment 40, wherein A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
47. The chemical entity of embodiment 40, wherein A is cyclopropane or cyclobutane.
48. The chemical entity of embodiment 40, wherein A is cyclopropane. 49. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 48, wherein each instance of R 5 independently is C 1‐4 alkyl or halo, or two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 carbocycle.
50. The chemical entity of embodiment 49, wherein two ge minal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form cyclobutane or cycl opentane.
51. The chemical entity of embodiment 49, wherein each i nstance of R 5 independently is C 1‐4 alkyl. 52. The chemical entity of embodiment 51, wherein each i nstance of R 5 is Me.
53. The chemical entity of embodiment 49, wherein each i nstance of R 5 independently is halo. 54. The chemical entity of embodiment 53, wherein each i nstance of R 5 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl. 55. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 54, wherein n5 is 0, 1 or 2.
56. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 54, wherein n5 is 0.
57. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 54, wherein n5 is 1.
58. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 54, wherein n5 is 2.
59. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 54, wherein n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal di‐(C 1‐4 alkyl) or geminal di‐halo.
60. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 54, wherein n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dimethyl.
61. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 54, wherein n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro.
62. The chemical entity of embodiment 61, wherein n5 is 2 and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro.
63. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 40 to 54, wherein n5 is 2 and two geminal R 5 , together with the carbon atom to which they are att ached, form cyclobutane or cyclopentane.
64. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1, 2, 17 to 20, 28 to 30 and 40 to 46, wherein A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane; n5 is 2 ; and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal dimethyl, geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro.
65. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1, 2, 17 to 20, 28 to 30 and 40 to 46, wherein A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane; n5 is 2 ; and (R 5 ) n5 is geminal difluoro or geminal dichloro. 66. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1, 2, 17 to 20, 28 to 30 and 40 to 46, wherein A is cyclopropane, cyclobutane or cyclopentane, and n5 is 0.
67. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1, 2, 17 to 20, 28 to 30 and 40 to 46, wherein A is cyclopropane or cyclobutane, and n5 is 0. 68. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1, 2, 17 to 20, 28 to 30 and 40 to 46, wherein A is cyclopropane and n5 is 0.
69. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35 and 36, wherein each instance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐OiPr, N H 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHEt, ‐NHiPr, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 or ‐CN.
70. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35 and 36, wherein each instance of R 10 independently is Me, Et, Pr, Bu, i Pr, i Bu, sec‐Bu,
‐F, ‐Cl, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 , ‐OCF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐O‐ i Pr, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHPr, ‐SO 2 NH 2 ,
‐SO 2 NHMe, or ‐CN.
71. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35 and 36, wherein each instance of R 10 independently is Me, i Pr, i Bu,
‐F, ‐Cl, ‐CF 3 , ‐OCF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe, or ‐OEt,.
72. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, OPr, ‐OiPr, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐CF 3 or ‐CN.
73. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐CN or ‐CF 3 .
74. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐OEt or ‐CN.
75. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐CF 3 or ‐CN.
76. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl or Me.
77. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl or ‐ CF 3 .
78. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F. 79. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐OH, ‐NH 2 or ‐CF 3 .
80. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, or Me.
81. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, i Pr, ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐NH 2 , ‐CF 3 or ‐CN. 82. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐OEt or ‐CN.
83. The chemical entity of embodiment 69, wherein each i nstance of R 10 is ‐F.
84. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, wherein n10 is 0, 1, or 2.
85. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, n10 is 0. 86. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, wherein n10 is 0, 1, or 2, and R 10 is ‐F or Me.
87. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, wherein n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐OH, ‐NH 2 or ‐CF 3 .
88. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, wherein n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐CF 3 or ‐CN.
89. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
90. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, wherein n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe, ‐OEt or ‐CN.
91. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, wherein n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
92. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, wherein n10 is 0 or 1, and R 10 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐CF 3 or ‐CN.
93. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 15, 2 0, 24 to 33, 35, 36 and 69 to 83, wherein n10 is 1 and R 10 is ‐F.
94. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 7, 21 to 24, 31 to 36 and 69 to 83, wherein R 6a is Me, Et, Pr, Bu, i Pr, i Bu, sec‐Bu, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl , cyclohexyl, ‐CF 3 , or OH, and R 6b is ‐H. 95. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 7, 21 to 24, 31 to 36 and 69 to 83, wherein each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, Me, Et or Pr.
96. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 7, 21 to 24, 31 to 36 and 69 to 83, wherein each of R 6a and R 6b independently is ‐H, Me, Et, Pr, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
97. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 7, 21 to 24, 31 to 36 and 69 to 83, wherein R 6a is Me, Et, Pr, i Pr, cyclopropyl or cyclopentyl.
98. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 7, 21 to 24, 31 to 36 and 69 to 83, wherein R 6a is Me, Et, iPr or ‐CF 3 , and R 6b is Me, Et, iPr, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cy clopentyl. 99. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 7, 21 to 24, 31 to 36 and 69 to 83, wherein R 6a is Me, Et, Pr, or ‐CF 3 , and R 6b is Me, Et, Pr, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyc lopentyl.
100. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 7, 21 to 24, 31 to 36 and 69 to 83, wherein R 6a is Me, Et, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or‐CF 3 , and R 6b is ‐H.
101. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments any o ne of embodiments 7, 21 to 24, 31 to 36 and 69 to 83, wherein each of R 6a and R 6b is ‐H.
102. The chemical entity of any one of the preceding emb odiments, wherein each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, F, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, or iBu.
103. The chemical entity of any one of the preceding emb odiments, wherein R 4a is H and R 4b is Me. 104. The chemical entity of any one of the preceding emb odiments, wherein R 4a is Me and R 4b is H. 105. The chemical entity of any one of the preceding emb odiments, wherein R 4a is ‐H.
106. The chemical entity of any one of the preceding emb odiments, wherein R 4b is ‐H.
107. The chemical entity of any one of the preceding emb odiments, wherein each of R 4a and R 4b is ‐H. 108. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein R 7 is ‐F, ‐ Cl, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt , ‐OPr, ‐OiPr, NH 2 , ‐NHMe, NHEt, NH i Pr, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 or ‐CN. 109. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein R 7 is ‐F, ‐ Cl or ‐CF 3 .
110. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein each instance of R 7 independently is Me, Et, Pr, Bu, i Pr, i Bu, sec‐Bu, ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 , ‐OCF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐O‐iPr, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHPr, or ‐CN.
111. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, ‐CF 3 or ‐OH.
112. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl.
113. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein R 7 is ‐F. 114. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein n7 is 0, 1, or 2.
115. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein n7 is 0 or 1, and R 7 is ‐F, ‐Cl or ‐CF 3 .
116. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein n7 is 0, 1 or 2, and each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl or ‐CF 3 . 117. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein n7 is 1 or 2, and each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl.
118. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein n7 is 0 or 1, and each instance of R 7 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl.
119. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein n7 is 1 and R 7 is ‐F or ‐Cl.
120. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 8, 17 , 21, 25, 28 and 31 to 34, wherein n7 is 1 and R 7 is ‐F.
121. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein each instance of R 8 independently is halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐OH, ‐OMe or ‐OEt.
122. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, Pr, Bu, iPr, iBu, ‐OH,
‐OMe, ‐OEt, ‐OPr, ‐OiPr, ‐NH 2 , ‐NHMe, ‐NHEt, ‐NHiPr, ‐CF 3 , ‐CHF 2 and ‐CN.
123. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐CF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe or ‐OEt.
124. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe or OH.
125. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein each instance of R 8 is ‐F.
126. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein n8 is 0, 1 or 2. 127. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein n8 is 0 or 1. 128. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein n8 is 1. 129. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein n8 is 0. 130. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein n8 is 0 or 1, and R 8 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, ‐OMe or ‐OH.
131. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein n8 is 1, and R 8 is ‐F or ‐Cl.
132. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein n8 is 0 or 1, and R 8 is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐CF 3 , ‐OH, ‐OMe or ‐OEt.
133. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 9, 18 , 22, 26, 29 and 35, wherein n8 is 0, 1 or 2, and each instance of R 8 independently is ‐F or ‐Cl.
134. The chemical entity of any one of the preceding emb odiments, wherein Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(Me)‐. 135. The chemical entity of any one of the preceding emb odiments, wherein Y is ‐NH‐. 136. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein B is pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyri dazinyl.
137. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein B is pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl.
138. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein B is thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl or pyridyl .
139. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein B is thiazolyl or pyrimidinyl.
140. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein each instance of R 9 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, ‐OH, ‐NH 2 or ‐CF 3
141. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein each instance of R 9 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, or Me.
142. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein each instance of R 9 is Me.
143. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein n9 is 0, 1 or 2.
144. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein n9 is 0. 145. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein n9 is 0, 1 or 2, and each instance of R 9 independently is ‐F, ‐Cl, Me, Et, or ‐C F 3 .
146. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein n9 is 0 or 1, and R 9 is Me or ‐D.
147. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein n9 is 1 or 2, and each instance of R 9 independently is ‐F or Me.
148. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein n9 is 1 and R 9 is Me.
149. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein B is pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl; n9 is 0 or 1, and R 9 is Me.
150. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 14, 1 9, 23, 27, 30 and 36, wherein B is pyrimidinyl or thiazolyl, and n9 is 0.
151. The chemical entity of any one of embodiments 16 or 34, wherein D is thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl or pyridyl. 152. The chemical entity of embodiment 16 or 34, wherein D is pyrimidinyl or pyridyl. 153. The chemical entity of embodiment 16 or 34, wherein n12 is 0 or 1.
154. The chemical entity of embodiment 16 or 34, wherein n12 is 0 or 1, and R 12 is Me.
155. The chemical entity of embodiment 16 or 34, wherein D is thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl, or pyridyl; n12 is 0 or 1; an d R 12 is Me.
156. A chemical entity selected from the list o f free compounds in Table 1 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
157. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐(2‐fluoro‐4‐pyrid yl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 87) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
158. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐(2‐fluoro‐4‐pyridyl) pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 87).
159. The chemical entity according to embodimen t 1, which is the free compound
2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carbox amide (Compound 169) or which is a pharmaceutically accepta ble salt thereof.
160. The chemical entity according to embodiment 159, which is the free compound selected from or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
161. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound
1‐phenyl‐N‐[1‐(4‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclo propanecarboxamide (Compound 100) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
162. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound
N‐[1‐(5‐fluoro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]‐1 phenyl‐cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 201) or whi ch is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
163. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐pyrimidin‐4‐ylpyraz ol‐3‐yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 206) or wh ich is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
164. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound
1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐pyrimidin‐4‐ylpyrazol‐3‐yl) cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 207) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
165. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound 1‐(2,6‐difluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐yl )cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 267) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
166. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound (2S)‐2‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐yl)propanam ide (Compound 20) or which is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
167. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1, which is the free compound 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐thiazol‐2‐ylpyrazol‐ 3‐yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 92) or which i s a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
168. The chemical entity according to embodiment 1 , which is the a compound selected from
169. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a ch emical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐168 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or ex cipient.
170. a. A method of treating a disease, disorder or cond ition in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a chemical entity , which is a free compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically accept le salt thereof, wherein Formula (I) has the structu re, (I), wherein:
each of R 1a and R 1b independently is H, ‐C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycl e does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or
R 1a and R 1b , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to w hich R 1a and R 1b are attached;
wherein each of said C 3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ NR J1
2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together wi th the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
R 2 is phenyl or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selec ted from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J2a J2
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J2 , ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J2
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
R 3 is phenyl, or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6‐me mbered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selec ted from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, C 1‐4 alkyl and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐;
wherein 0 to 6 hydrogen atoms of said compound o f Formula (I) are optionally replaced with deuterium; or
b. A method of treating a disease, disorder or cond ition in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a chemical entity , which is a free compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Formu la (I) has the structure, (I), wherein:
each of R 1a and R 1b independently is H, ‐C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 1‐2 ‐NR J1
2, C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N, and S, wherein the 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycl e does not contain a heteroatom bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
or
R 1a and R 1b , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐ membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring hete roatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to w hich R 1a and R 1b are attached;
wherein each of said C 3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ NR J1
2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together wi th the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl or 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S,
wherein each instance of R J1 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J1a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
R 2 is phenyl or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selec ted from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J2a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J1
2, ‐C(O)R J2 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J2 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J2a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein optionally methylenedioxy constitutes a subs tituent of said phenyl, wherein the methylene unit of the methylenedioxy is unsubstituted or substituted with halo; and
R 3 is phenyl, or 5‐ or 6‐membered monocyclic heteroaryl having 1‐4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S,
wherein each of said phenyl and said 5‐ or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1‐3 substituents independently selec ted from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ OH, ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J3 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH 2 , ‐(C(R J3a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J3 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NR J3
2, ‐C(O)R J3 , and ‐CN,
wherein each instance of R J3 is independently C 1‐3 alkyl or C 1‐4 haloalkyl,
wherein each instance of R J3a is independently H, C 1‐3 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl;
each of R 4a and R 4b independently is ‐H, halo, C 1‐4 alkyl and
Y is ‐NH‐ or ‐N(C 1‐4 alkyl)‐;
wherein 0 to 6 hydrogen atoms of said compound o f Formula (I) are optionally replaced with deuterium.
171. The method of embodiment 170, wherein R 1a and R 1b , together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3‐6 cycloalkyl, or a 3‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1 ring heteroatom selected from O, N and S, wherein the 1 ring heteroatom is not bonded to the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b are attached; wherein each of said C 3‐6 cycloalkyl and said 3‐ to 6‐membered monoc yclic heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, C 1‐4 alkyl, C 1‐4 haloalkyl, ‐ (C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OH, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐OR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐SR J1 , ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NH2, ‐(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐NHR J1 , and –(C(R J1a
2)) 0‐2 ‐ NR J1
2, or wherein two geminal substituents, together wi th the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C 4‐6 cycloalkyl or 4‐ to 6‐membered monocyclic heterocycle containing 1‐2 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
172. A method of treating a disease, disorder o r condition in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the chemical entity o f any one of embodiments 1‐168 or the pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 169.
173. The method of any one of embodiments 170 ‐172, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is associated with one or more mutations of ABCD1 trans porter protein.
174. The method of any one of embodiments 170 172, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is associated with impaired peroxisomal beta‐oxidation.
175. The method of any one of embodiments 170 172, wherein the disease, disorder or condition associated with mutations of at least one of Acyl‐ CoA oxidase, D‐Bifunctional protein, or ACBD5.
176. The method of any one of embodiments 170 172, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is associated with accumulation of very long chain fatty acid (VLCFA) levels.
177. The method of embodiment 176, wherein the VLCFA are 24 to 26 carbons long.
178. The method of embodiment 176, wherein the VLCFA are incorporation products.
179. A method of treating ALD comprising adminis tering to a subject an effective amount of a chemic al entity of any of embodiments 1‐168 or the pharmace utical composition of embodiment 169.
180. The method of embodiment 179, wherein ALD is the CALD phenotype.
181. The method of embodiment 179, wherein ALD is the AMN phenotype.
182. A method of reduction of very long chain fatty acids (VLCFA) levels in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a chemical entity of any of embodiments 1‐168 or a pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 169.
183. A method of reduction of very long chain fatty acids (VLCFA) levels in a biological sample of a subject comprising administering to the subject an ef fective amount of a chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐168.
184. A method of reduction of a very long chai n fatty acids (VLCFA) level in a cell comprising administering to the cell an effective amount of a chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐168 or the pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 169.
185. A method of reduction of a very long chai n fatty acids (VLCFA) level in the brain of a subj ect comprising administering systemically to the subject a n effective amount of a chemical entity that penetrates the blood‐brain‐barrier to provide reduc tion in the VLCFA level in the brain of the subjec t.
186. The method of embodiment 185, wherein the VL CFA is VLCFA comprising at least 24 carbons.
187. The method of embodiment 185, wherein the VL CFA is VLCFA having 26 carbons.
188. The method of any one of embodiments 185‐1 87, wherein the chemical entity is a chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐168.
189. The method of any one of embodiments 185 188, wherein administering systemically to the subject comprises administering via oral administration , intravenous injection, or subcutaneous injection to the subject.
190. The method of any one of embodiments 185 188, wherein administering systemically to the subject comprises administering via oral administration to the subject.
191. The method of any one of embodiments 185‐19 0, where in the reduction in a VLCFA level in the brain of the subject is at least about 30% when me asured as a reduction in LPC 26:0 following administration of the chemical entity to the subject.
192. The method of embodiment 191, where in the reduction in LPC 26:0 following administration of the chemical entity to the subject is measured from a sample of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) from the subject.
193. A method of preparing the chemical entity of any one of embodiments 1‐168, comprising step ( z): coupling a compound of formula:
with a compound of formula:
under conditions suitable to make the chemical ent ity.
194. The method of embodiment 193, wherein step ( z) comprises converting the compound of formula: to a compound of formula:
under conditions suitable to make the chemical ent ity; and
coupling the compound of formula:
with the compound of formula:
under conditions suitable to make the chemical ent ity.
195. The method of embodiment 193 or 194, furth er comprising, prior to step (z), step (y): coupling a compound of formula:
with a compound of formula R 3 ‐X, wherein X is a halide,
under conditions suitable to make the comp nd of formula:
for use in step (z).
196. The method of embodiment 193 or 194, furth er comprising, prior to step (z), step (y): combinin g a compound of formula:
with a compound of formula:
under conditions suitable to make th compound of formula:
197. The method of embodiment 193 or 194, furth er comprising, prior to step (z), step (y): reducing a compound of formula:
under conditions suitable to make the compound of formula:
198. The method of embodiment 197, further compr ising, prior to step (y), step (x): coupling a compound of formula:
with a compound of formula R 3 ‐X, wherein X is a halide,
under conditions suitable to make he compound of formula:
199. The method of any of embodiments 193‐198, wherein in the chemical entity R 1a and R 1b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached for m cyclopropyl,
further comprising, prior to step (z), step (w): combining a compound of formula:
with a compound of formula:
under conditions suitable to make the compound of formula: 200. A method of preparing the chemical entity of embodiment 20, comprising step (z): coupling a compound of formula:
with a compound of formula R 3 ‐X, wherein X is a halide,
under conditions suitable to make the chemical ent ity.
201. The method of embodiment 200, wherein A is cyclopropyl and R 2 is phenyl,
further comprising, prior to step (z), step (y): deprotecting a compound of formula:
under conditions suitable t make the compound of formula:
202. The method of embodiment 201, further compr ising, prior to step (y), step (x): coupling a compound of formula:
with a compound of formula:
under conditions suitable to make the compound of formula:
203. The method of embodiment 202, further compr ising, prior to step (x), step (w): converting a compound of formula:
into a compound of formula:
EXAMPLES
Example 1. Chemical synthesis of compounds descri bed herein
[238] 1‐substituted‐pyrazol‐3‐amine intermediates (“py razole amine intermediates”) (Example 1.1) and acid intermediates (Example 1.2) were prepared separat ely and subsequently coupled using amide‐ bond formation methods (Example 1.3). Other compounds described herein were prepared using copper‐mediated aryl coupling (Example 1.4), using S nAr (Example 1.5), using a boronic acid coupling sequence (Example 1.6), or using other methods (Examp le 1.7).
Example 1.1. Pyrazole amine intermediates
[239] Pyrazole amine intermediates were either commercially purchased (see Scheme Amine‐1) or prepared as described below (see Schemes Amine‐2, A mine‐3, and Amine‐4).
[240] SCHEME AMINE‐1 (COMMERCIALLY PURCHASED)
[241] The following pyrazole amine intermediates were commer cially available (Enamine, Monmouth Jct., NJ):
[242] SCHEME AMINE‐2 (COPPER BROMIDE METHODS)
[243] Scheme Amine‐2, shown above, provides a general synthetic route for the preparation of 1‐ phenyl‐pyrazol‐3‐amines and 1‐heteroaryl‐pyrazol‐3‐amines. Pyrazole amine intermediates within this section were synthesized using appropriate choice of aryl or heteroaryl halide (indicated with X‐ R3 in the scheme, wherein X is the halogen) followi ng the procedures outlined below.
[ ‐(5‐fluoro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine
[245] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (1.0 g, 12.03 mmol), 3‐bromo ‐5‐fluoro‐pyridine (2.3 g, 13.07 mmol), copper (I) bromide (100 mg, 0.70 mmol), and cesium carbonate (6 g, 18.42 mmol) were combined and suspended in NMP (10 mL). The mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C for 12 h. Water (25 mL) and ethyl acetate (25 mL) were added. The res ultant mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filter pad was rinsed with ethyl acetate (2 x 25mL) . The layers within the filtrate were separated, a nd the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (25mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with water (20mL) and brine (20mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g silica column; linear gradient of 0‐60% ethyl acetate/heptane). The resultant cream‐colored solid w as triturated with hot ethyl acetate/heptane to give 1‐(5‐fluoro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine (298.9 mg, 13% yield) as a colorless crystalline so lid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.82 (t, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dt, J = 10.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (d, J = 2. 6 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 17 8.06548, found 179.0 (M+1). [246] 1‐(6‐chloropyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[247] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (760 mg, 9.15 mmol), 2‐chlor o‐5‐iodo‐pyridine (2.45 g, 10.23 mmol), copper (I) bromide (240 mg, 1.67 mmol) and cesium carbonate (4.5 g, 13.81 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (7.6 mL). The resultant reaction mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C for 14 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water. The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was further extracted with eth yl acetate. The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. Upon solvent re moval, the product crystallized to provide 1‐(6‐ chloropyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (940 mg, 49% yield) as a black solid that was used without further purification. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 194.04, found 195.02 (M+1).
[248] 1‐(pyrazin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine)
[249] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (400 mg, 4.81 mmol), 2‐iod opyrazine (1 g, 4.86 mmol), copper (I) bromide (136 mg, 0.95 mmol) and cesium carbonate (2 g, 6.14 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (6.0 mL). The resultant mixture was heated in a s ealed vessel at 120°C for 16 h. The reaction mix ture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water and filt ered through a plug of silica gel. The layers wer e separated, and the aqueous phase was further extracte d with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (20 mL) and water (20 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by sil ica gel chromatography (40 g silica gel column; linear gradient of 10 ‐ 100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(pyrazin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐a mine (263 mg, 33% yield) as a colorless solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 2H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 161.07, found 162.53 (M+1).
[250] 1‐(2‐chloropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[251] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (520 mg, 6.26 mmol), 2‐chlor o‐4‐iodo‐pyridine (1.5 g, 6.27 mmol), copper (I) bromide (267 mg, 1.86 mmol), cesium carbonate (2.8 g , 8.59 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (6.0 mL) under nitrogen. The resultant reacti on mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 120 °C for 14 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water (300 mL) and filtered through a plug of Celite. The layers were separate d, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with bri ne, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was dissolved in ethanol/ethyl acet ate/heptane (1:2:2) and hot‐filtered through a glass frit. The resultant solution was stirred under a stream of nitrogen, and the desired product precipitated as the solvent evaporated. The product was then triturated with 20% ethyl acetate/heptane, filtered, and dried under vacuum to provide 1‐(2‐chloropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 ‐ amine (766.5 mg, 60% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO d 6 ) δ 8.60 ‐ 8.15 (m, 2H), 7.80 ‐ 7.54 (m , 2H), 5.90 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.51 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI MS m/z calc. 194.04, found 195.06 (M+1).
[252 1‐(2‐methylpyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[253] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (300 mg, 3.61 mmol), 4‐iodo 2‐methyl‐pyridine (817 mg, 3.73 mmol), copper (I) bromide (60 mg, 0.42 mmol), cesium carbonate (1. 3 g, 3.99 mmol) were combined in DMF (4.0 mL) and heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C for 14 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethy l acetate/water and filtered through a plug of silica gel. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g silica gel column; linear gradie nt of 10 ‐ 100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2‐methylpyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (420 mg; 63% yield) as a colorless solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.33 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.44 7.36 (m, 1H), 5.85 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 174.09, found 175.58 (M+1).
1‐(2,5‐difluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐am ine
[254] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500 mg, 6.02 mmol), 2,5‐difluoro‐4‐iodo‐pyridine (1.450 g, 6.02 mmol), copper (I) bromide (300 mg, 2.09 mmol), and cesium carbonate (3.03 g, 9.30 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (5.1 mL). The resultant react ion mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 100°C for 42 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water (150 mL) and filtered through a plug of Celite. The layers were separate d, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (80 g silica gel column; linear gradient of 10 ‐ 50 % ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2,5‐difluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐am ine (263 mg, 20% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.27 (d, J = 4.1 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H) , 7.34 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI MS m/z calc. 196.06, found 197.10 (M+1).
1‐(pyridin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[255] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (300 mg, 3.61 mmol), 2‐iodop yridine (750 mg, 3.66 mmol), copper (I) bromide (60 mg, 0.42 mmol), and cesium carbonate (1.3 g, 3. 99 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (4.0 mL). The resultant reaction mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C for 14 h. The rea ction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water and filtered through a plug of silica gel. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (20 mL) and water (20 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by sil ica gel chromatography (12 g silica gel column; linear gradient of 10 ‐ 100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(pyridin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ami ne (276 mg, 45% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.33 (d, J = 4.1 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.93 ‐ 7.79 (m, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J = 6.9, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (d, J = 2. 6 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 160.07, found 161. 54 (M+1).
‐(6‐methylpyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[256] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500 mg, 6.02 mmol), 5‐iodo 2‐methylpyridine (1.32 g, 6.12 mmol), copper (I) bromide (300 mg, 2.09 mmol) and cesium carbonate (3.03 g, 9.30 mmol were combined and suspended in DMF (5.0 mL). The resultant reaction mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1: 1 ethyl acetate/water (150 mL) and filtered through a plug of Celite. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide a regioisomeric mixture of products. The residue was purified twice by reverse phase chromatography: the first time using an ISCO 150g C18 column and a linear gradient of 10‐50% acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier, and the second time using an ISCO 150 g C18Aq column and a linear gradient of 0‐70% acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier. The resultant TFA salt was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide 1‐(6‐methylpyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (220 mg, 43% yield) as a colorless glass. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.91 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4. 90 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 1.59 (s, 3 H) ppm. ESI‐ MS m/z calc. 174.09, found 175.12 (M+1).
‐(3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[257] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500 mg, 6.02 mmol)1‐chloro 3‐iodo‐benzene (800 µL, 6.46 mmol), copper (I) bromide (100 mg, 0.70 mmol) and cesium carbonate (3.0 g, 9.21 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (5.0 mL). The resultant reaction mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C for 14 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1: 1 ethyl acetate/water. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g column; linear gradient of 0‐30% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide a solid which was further purified by crystallization from ethyl acetate/heptane. Material obtained from crystallization was purified once further by reverse phase chromatography (ISCO 150 g C18Aq column; linear gradient of 10‐50% acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). Pure fractions were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The c ombined organic extracts were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide 1‐(3‐chloroph enyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (300 mg, 25% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.21 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 193.04, found 194.03 (M+1).
‐(2‐(trifluoromethyl)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐ 3‐amine
[258] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500 mg, 6.02 mmol), 4‐iodo 2‐(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (1.84 g, 6.73 mmol), copper (I) bromide (150 mg, 1.05 mmol), and cesium carbonate (2.50 g, 7.68 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (5.0 mL). The resultant react ion mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 14 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water (100 mL) and filtered through a plug of Celite. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g silica gel column; linear gradient of 10 ‐ 40% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2‐(trifluoromethyl)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine (540 mg, 37% yield). ESI‐MS m/ z calc. 228.06, found 229.09 (M+1).
‐(3‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[259] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500 mg, 6.02 mmol), 1‐fluor o‐3‐iodo‐benzene (1.5 g, 6.76 mmol), copper (I) bromide (100 mg, 0.70 mmol), and cesium carbonate (3.0 g, 9.21 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (5.0 mL). The resultant reaction mixture was heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 14 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water. The layers were separated, and the a queous further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g sili ca gel column; linear gradient of 10 ‐ 100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(3‐fluorophenyl)pyrazol ‐3‐amine (721.0 mg, 67% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.69 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J = 7.8, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 6.88 (dtd, J = 8.5, 4.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 177.07022 , found 178.05 (M+1).
1‐(4‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[260] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500 mg, 6.02 mmol), 1‐chlor o‐4‐iodo‐benzene (1.5 g, 6.29 mmol), copper (I) bromide (100 mg, 0.70 mmol), and cesium carbonate (3.0 g, 9.21 mmol) were combined and suspended in DMF (5.0 mL). The resultant mixture w as heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 14 h. The reaction mixt ure was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further e xtracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified first by silica gel chromatography (40g column, linear gradient of 0‐30% ethyl acetate in heptane; material obtained was a mixture of regioisomers), and second by C18 reverse phase chromatography (10‐ 50% acetonitrile/Water with TFA modifier). Pure fractions were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The c ombined organic extracts were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide 1‐(4‐chloroph enyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (542 mg, 57% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.15 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 ‐ 7.5 8 (m, 2H), 7.52 ‐ 7.27 (m, 2H), 5.75 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc . 193.04, found 194.03 (M+1).
5‐fluoro‐1‐(5‐fluoro‐6‐methoxypyridin‐3‐yl) 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[261] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(4‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐3‐fluoro‐2‐methoxypyridine as a starting material. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 226.07, found 227.07 (M+1).
1‐(‐methoxypyrimidin‐5‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐amine
[262] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(4‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐2‐methoxy‐pyrimidine as a starting material. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 191.19, foun d 192.08 (M+1).
‐(1‐methyl‐1H‐imidazol‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 amine
[263] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (220 mg, 2.65 mmol), 4‐iodo‐1‐methyl‐imidazole (555 mg, 2.67 mmol), copper(I) bromide (38 mg, 0.265 mmol) cesium carbonat e (900 mg, 2.76 mmol) and DMF (1.0 mL) were combined. The reaction vessel was sealed and stirred overnight at 100 °C. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered though a lay er of celite, and the filtrate was concentrated. T he crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 0‐10% methanol/dichloromethane to provide 1‐(1‐methylimidaz ol‐4‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐amine (320 mg, 74% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.88 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 2.93 (d, J = 28.7 Hz, 3H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 163.09, found 164.19 (M+1).
‐(1‐methyl‐1H‐1,2,3‐triazol‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyraz ol‐3‐amine [264] Prepared according to the procedure described above for 1‐(1‐methyl‐1H‐imidazol‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine, except using 4‐bromo‐1‐methyl‐1H‐1,2,3‐triazole as a starting material. Product was obtained in 22% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.03 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H) , 5.84 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (s, 3H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z ca lc. 164.08, found 165.01 (M+1).
‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐ 3‐amine
[265] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (200 mg, 2.41 mmol), 4‐bromo‐2‐(difluoromethoxy)py ridine (539 mg, 2.41 mmol), cesium carbonate (784 mg, 2.41 mmol), copper(I ) bromide (69 mg, 0.48 mmol) and DMF (2.0 mL) were combined under nitrogen. The vessel was s ealed and heated to 110 °C for 16 h. The crude reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, washing filter pad with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was dissolve in dichloromethane and washed with 1N NaOH. The organics were collected and evaporated to provide 1 (2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 amine, which was used without further manipulation. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.36 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 ‐ 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.89 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 2H) ppm.
‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)‐3‐fluoropyridin 2‐amine
[266] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 3‐fluoro‐5‐iodopyridin‐2‐amine as a starting material. Product was obtained in 60% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.36 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 ‐ 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.89 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 2H) ppm.
1‐(6‐chloro‐5‐fluoropyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol ‐3‐amine
[267] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐2‐chloro 3‐fluoropyridine as a starting material. Product was obtained in 45% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d6) δ 8.40 (m, 1H), 8.27 (m, 1H), 7.70 ‐ 7.67 (m, 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H) ppm.
‐(2‐(difluoromethyl)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 ‐amine
[268] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 4‐bromo‐2‐(difluor omethyl)pyridine as a starting material. Product was obtained in 69% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d6) δ 8.56 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (m, 1H), 6.92 (t, J = 55.0 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.4 8 (s, 2H) ppm.
‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridin‐2‐amine
[269] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 4‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridin‐2‐amine as a starting material. Product was obtained in 14% yield. 1H NMR (400 MH z, DMSO‐d6) δ 8.09 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.81 ( d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 5.95 ( s, 2H), 5.77 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H) p pm.
‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)‐N,N‐dimethylpyrid in‐2‐amine
[270] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐N,N‐dimeth ylpyridin‐2‐amine as a starting material. Product was obtained in 63% yield.
‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)‐3‐fluoro‐N,N‐ dimethylpyridin‐2‐amine
[271] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐3‐fluoro N,N‐dimethylpyridin‐2‐amine as a starting materia l. Product was obtained in 39% yield. 1H NMR (400 MH z, DMSO‐d6) δ 8.31 (dd, J = 2.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 14.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 2. 97 (s, 6H) ppm.
‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)‐N,N‐dimethylpyrid in‐2‐amine
[272] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 4‐bromo‐N,N‐dimeth ylpyridin‐2‐amine as a starting material. Product was obtained in 59% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO d 6 ) δ 8.38 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 9.1, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (s , 2H), 3.02 (s, 6H) ppm.
‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)‐1‐methylpyridin 2(1H)‐one
[273] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐1‐methylpy ridin‐2(1H)‐one as a starting material. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Benzene‐d 6 ) δ 8.55 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.20 ‐ 8.1 1 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H) ppm.
1‐(6‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol 3‐amine
[274] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐2‐(difluor omethoxy)pyridine as a starting material. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Benzene‐d 6 ) δ 8.09 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.62 ‐ 7.5 2 (m, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (s , 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H) ppm.
‐(2‐chlorothiazol‐5‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[275] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐2‐chloroth iazole as a starting material. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Benzene‐d6) δ 8.24 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (d , J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5. 32 (s, 2H) ppm.
‐(3‐methoxypyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[276] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 4‐bromo‐3‐methoxyp yridine as a starting material. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Benzene‐d6) δ 8.27 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d , J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.48 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 5.64 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H) ppm.
1‐(2‐methoxythiazol‐5‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[277] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine except using 5‐bromo‐2‐methoxyt hiazole as a starting material.
5‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)‐N‐methylpyridin 2‐amine
[278] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine excpt using 5‐bromo‐N‐methylpyr idin‐2‐amine as a starting material. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 189.10, found 190.10 (M+1).
‐(2,4‐dimethylthiazol‐5‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ami ne
[279] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine excpt using 5‐bromo‐2,4‐dimethy lthiazole as a starting material.
‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐amin e
[280] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (305 mg, 3.671 mmol, 1.0 eq), 5‐bromo‐1‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazole (600 mg, 3.704 mmol, 1.01 eq), copper(I) bromide (106 mg, 0.7 39 mmol, 0.2 eq), cesium carbonate (1.26 g, 3.852 mmol, 1.05 eq), and N,N‐dimethylformamide (2.2 mL) were combined. The reaction vessel was sealed and stirred overnight at 120 °C. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and methanol, and the mixture was filtered though a laye r of Celite. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatograp hy (linear gradient of 0‐15%
methanol/dichloromethane) to provide 1‐(2‐methyl‐1, 2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐amine (118 mg, 19% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.99 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H) , 5.89 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 164 .08, found 165.23 (M+1).
1‐[1‐(difluoromethyl)‐3‐methyl‐pyrazol‐4‐yl]py razol‐3‐amine
[281] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐ 3‐amine, except using 4‐bromo‐1‐(difluoromethyl) 3‐methyl‐1H‐pyrazole as a starting material. Product was obtained in 9% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.09 (t, J = 60.7 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.91 ‐ 3.66 (m, 2H), 2.38 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 3H) ppm. ESI‐ MS m/z calc. 213.08, found 214.17 (M+1).
1‐isoxazol‐4‐ylpyrazol‐3‐amine
[282] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐ 3‐amine, except using 4‐bromoisoxazole as a starti ng material. Product was obtained in 2% yield. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol‐d 4 ) δ 8.08 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.14 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (s, 3H) ppm.
‐(1‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐amin e
[283] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐ 3‐amine, except using 3‐bromo‐1‐methyl‐1,2,4‐ triazole as a starting material. Product was obtain ed in 13% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform‐d) δ 7 .96 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.84 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 5H) p pm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 164.08, found 165.23 (M+1).
1‐isoxazol‐3‐ylpyrazol‐3‐amine
[284] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐ 3‐amine, except using 3‐bromoisoxazole as a starti ng material. Product was obtained in 10% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.21 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (s, 2H) ppm.
‐(2‐methylpyrazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐amine
[285] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐ 3‐amine, except using 5‐bromo‐1‐methyl‐pyrazole as a starting material. Product was obtained in 15% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.45 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 163.09, found 164.19 (M+1).
‐(1‐methyl‐1H‐imidazol‐5‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 amine
[286] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐ 3‐amine, except using 5‐bromo‐1‐methyl‐imidazol e as a starting material. Product was obtained in 16% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.02 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 163.09, found 164.19 (M+1). 1‐(4‐methyl‐4H‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyra zol‐3‐amine
[287] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐ 3‐amine, except using 3‐bromo‐4‐methyl‐1,2,4‐ triazole as a starting material. Product was obtain ed in 14% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3 / Methanol d4) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.97 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.64 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 164.08, found 165.1 8 (M+1).
1‐(5‐methyl‐1,3,4‐oxadiazol‐2‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐a mine
[288] Prepared according to the procedure described above f or 1‐(2‐methyl‐1,2,4‐triazol‐3‐yl)pyrazol‐ 3‐amine, except using 2‐bromo‐5‐methyl‐1,3,4‐oxadiazole as a starting material. Product was obtained in 17% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform ‐d) δ 7.97 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.97 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 165.07, found 166.17 (M+1).
‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[289] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500 mg, 6.02 mmol), 3‐fluor o‐4‐iodo‐pyridine (1.5 g, 6.73 mmol), copper (I) bromide (100 mg, 0.70 mmol), and cesium carbonate (3.0 g, 9.21 mmol) were combined and suspended in NMP (7.0 mL). The resultant mixture w as heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 18 h. The reaction mixt ure was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further e xtracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified by reverse phase chromatography (ISCO C18 Aq 150g co lumn; linear gradient of 10‐ 50% acetonitrile in water with TFA modifier). Pure fractions were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonat e and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide a yellow solid. The solid was further purified by trituration with warm ethyl acetate/heptane to provide 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (431 mg; 48% yield) as a yellow powder. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.70 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (t, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J = 7.5, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 178.07, found 179.00 (M+1).
‐(pyridazin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[290] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (650 mg, 7.82 mmol), 4‐bromopyridazine (1.5 g, 9.40 mmol), copper (I) bromide (100 mg, 0.70 mmol), and cesium carbonate (5.0 g, 15.35 mmol) were combined and suspended in NMP (9.0 mL). The resultant mixture w as heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 60 h. The reaction mixt ure was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified by reverse phase chromatography (ISCO C18 Aq 150g column; linear gradient of 10‐ 50% acetonitrile in water with TFA modifier) to provide 1‐(pyridazin‐4‐yl) 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (as TFA salt in 93% purity; 1.2 g, 51% yield) as a yellow solid. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 161.07, found 162.02 (M+1).
‐(thiazol‐5‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[291] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (600 mg, 7.22 mmol), 5‐bromothiazole (1.30 g, 7.93 mmol), copper (I) bromide (240 mg, 1.67 mmol), and cesium carbonate (4.0 g, 12.28 mmol) were combined and suspended in NMP (6.0 mL). The resultant mixture w as heated in a sealed vessel at 120°C under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 60 h. The reaction mixt ure was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/brine. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified by silica gel chromatography (40g column, linear gradient of 0‐50% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(thiazol‐ 5‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (55 mg, 4% yield). ESI‐MS m/z calc. 166.03, found 166.93 (M+1).
'‐methyl‐1'H‐[1,3'‐bipyrazol]‐3‐amine
[292] To a solution of 3‐iodo‐1‐methyl‐1H‐pyrazole (4.0 g, 19.23 mmol) in NMP (60 mL) was added 1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine (1.6 g, 19.23 mmol), copper (I) b romide (3.0 g, 21 mmol) and cesium carbonate (15.6 g, 48.07 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated i n a sealed vessel at 120°C under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 8 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/brine. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted wit h ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide 1'‐methyl‐1'H ‐[1,3'‐bipyrazol]‐3‐amine (2.0 g, 64% yield) as a brown oil which was used without f urther purification.
‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridin‐2‐ol
[293] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (250 mg, 3.01 mmol), 4‐iodopyridin‐2‐ol (700 mg, 3.17 mmol), copper (I) bromide (50 mg, 0.35 mmol), and cesium carbonate (1. 7 g, 5.22 mmol) were combined in NMP (2.5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 55 °C fo r 16 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/brine, and the resultant biphasic m ixture was filtered through Celite. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted wit h 10% methanol/ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified by reverse phase chromatography (ISCO C18 Aq 150g column; linear gradient of 0‐ 30% acetonitrile in water with TFA modifier) to provide 4‐(3‐amino‐1H‐pyrazol 1‐yl)pyridin‐2‐ol (TFA salt; 35.2 mg, 4% yield) . ESI‐MS m/z calc. 176.07, found 176.97 (M+1).
‐(2‐methylpyrimidin‐5‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine [294] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (440 mg, 5.30 mmol), 5‐bromo‐2‐methyl‐pyrimidine (1.0 g, 5.78 mmol), copper (I) bromide (80 mg, 0.56 mmol), and cesium c arbonate (2.4 g, 7.37 mmol) were combined and suspended in NMP (6.0 mL). The resultant mixture w as heated in a sealed vessel under nitrogen at 120 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was partit ioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with eth yl acetate (2 x 25 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield an orange crystalline solid of 90% purity. The solid was tri turated with ethyl acetate/heptane to provide 1‐(2 methylpyrimidin‐5‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (303.9 mg, 31% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.98 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.60 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 3H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 175.09, found 176.07 (M+ 1).
‐(2‐methylpyrimidin‐5‐yl‐4,6‐d 2 )‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[295] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (300 mg, 3.61 mmol), 5‐bromo ‐4,6‐dideuterio‐2‐methyl‐pyrimidine (690 mg, 3.94 mmol), copper (I) bromide (100 mg, 0.70 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.7 g, 5.22 mmol) were combined and suspended in NMP (5.0 mL). The result ant reaction mixture was heated in a sealed vessel under nitrogen at 120 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into 1:1 ethyl acetate/water. The layers were separated, and the a queous further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to furnish a crude product which was tr iturated with ethyl acetate/heptane to provide 1‐(2‐methylpyrimidin‐5‐yl‐4,6‐d 2 )‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (170.8 mg, 30% yield) as a brick‐red powder. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 177.10, found 178.10 (M+1).
‐(3,5‐difluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[296] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500 mg, 6.02 mmol), 1‐bromo‐3,5‐difluoro‐benzene (1.4 g, 7.3 mmol), copper (I) bromide (215 mg, 0.96 mmol) , and cesium carbonate (3.5 g, 11.00 mmol) were combined and suspended in NMP (5.0 mL). The resultant react ion mixture was heated in a sealed vessel under nitrogen at 110 °C for 5 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned into ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (20 mL), dr ied (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 10‐20% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(3,5‐difluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (374.3 mg, 37% yield) 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.22 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dd, J = 9.2, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 6.98 ‐ 6.88 (m, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI MS m/z calc. 195.06, found 196.50 (M+1).
1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine
[297] 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (1.7 g, 20.5 mmol, 1.0 eq), 3‐bromo‐5‐chloropyridine (5.9 g, 30.8 mmol, 1.5 eq), cuprous oxide (300 mg, 2.1 mmol, 0.1 eq), pota ssium hydroxide (2.3 g, 41.0 mmol, 2.0 eq), and anhydrous DMSO (80 mL) were combined and heated at 120 °C for 12 h under an atmosphere of argon. The mixture was poured into 200 mL of water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 × 100 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (isocratic 1:1 ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide an impure product. The material was further purified by reverse phase HPLC (acetonitr ile/water with NH 4 HCO 3 modifier) to provide 1‐ (5‐chloro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine (1.0 g, 25. 1 %).
SCHEME AMINE‐3 (HYDRAZINE METHOD)
[298] Scheme Amine‐3, shown above, provides a general synthetic route for the preparation of 1‐ phenyl‐pyrazol‐3‐amines and 1‐heteroaryl‐pyrazol‐3‐amines. Pyrazole amine intermediates within this section were synthesized using appropriate choice of aryl or heteroaryl hydrazine following the procedures outlined below.
‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[299] To a 0 °C solution of (2‐fluorophenyl)hydrazine (3 .0 g, 23.8 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added 3‐ethoxyacrylonitrile (4.6 g, 47.6 mmol, 2.0 eq) an d NaH (60% dispersion in oil, 3.8 g, 85.2 mmol, 4. 0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica‐gel chro matography (linear gradient of 10‐33% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine .
‐(4‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[300] Sodium hydride (320 mg, 8.0 mmol) was added in portions to ethanol (10 mL) at room temperature. After stirring for 5 minutes, this sod ium ethoxide solution was added to a slurry of (4 fluorophenyl)hydrazine (hydrochloride salt; 0.50 g, 3.0 8 mmol) and 3‐ethoxyacrylonitrile (320 µL, 3.11 mmol) in ethanol (8.0 mL). The resultant reaction mixture was heated to 140 °C in the microwave fo r 30 min. After cooling, the reaction mixture was pa rtitioned into ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated, and the organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to an oil. Th e crude material was purified by silica chromatography (40 g silica column; linear gradient of 0‐60% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(4‐fluorophenyl)‐1H pyrazol‐3‐amine (90 mg, 16.5% yield) as a yellow solid. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 177.07, found 178.01 (M+1).
‐(pyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine [301] To a 0 °C solution of 3‐hydrazinylpyridine (2.0 g , 18.34 mmol) in ethanol (40mL) was added 3‐ ethoxyacrylonitrile (3.56 g, 36.70 mmol, 2.0 eq) and NaH (60% dispersion in oil; 2.9 g, 73.4 mmol, 4.0 eq). The mixture was warmed to room temperature an d then heated to 70 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between brine and THF. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude resid ue was purified by silica‐gel chromatography (linear gradient of 1.0‐2.5% methanol/dichloromethane) to provide 1‐ (pyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (500mg, 17% yield) as a yellow oil (mixture of products).
‐(3‐(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[302] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine, except using (3‐(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)hydrazine as a starting material.
‐(2,5‐difluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[303] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine, except using (2,5‐difluorophenyl)hydrazine as a start ing material.
‐(4‐(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[304] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine, except using (4‐(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)hydrazine as a starting material.
1‐(3,4‐difluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[305] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine, except using (3,4‐difluorophenyl)hydrazine as a start ing material.
‐(4‐chloro‐3‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amin e
[306] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine, except using (4‐chloro‐3‐fluorophenyl)hydrazine as a starting material.
‐(3‐chloro‐4‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amin e
[307] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine, except using (3‐chloro‐4‐fluorophenyl)hydrazine as a starting material.
SCHEME AMINE‐4 (MULTISTEP VIA NITRO METHODS)
[308] Scheme Amine‐4, shown above, provides a general synthetic route for the preparation of 1‐ phenyl‐pyrazol‐3‐amines and 1‐heteroaryl‐pyrazol‐3‐amines. Pyrazole amine intermediates within this section were synthesized using appropriate choice of aryl or heteroaryl halide following the procedures outlined below.
Example: 1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amin e
Step 1: 4‐(3‐nitropyrazol‐1‐yl)pyrimidine
[309] To a 0 °C solution of 3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazole (1.5 g, 13.27 mmol) in NMP (12.0 mL) was added NaH (1.2 g of 60 %w/w, 30.00 mmol). After 20 min, gas evolution slowed and reaction mixture was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature. The mixture wa s cooled back to 0 °C, and 4‐chloropyrimidine (hydrochloride salt; 2.2 g, 14.57 mmol) was added. The resultant reaction mixture was heated to 80°C and stirred for 60 h. The reaction mixture was poured over ice with swirling, and a colorless precipitate formed. After standing for 16 h, the m ixture was filtered, and the peach‐colored solids were air‐dried. The material was dissolved in hot ethyl acetate and then diluted with heptane to 50% ethyl acetate/heptane. The solution was chilled on ice, and the precipitated solid was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with heptanes to provide 4‐(3‐nitropyrazol‐1‐yl)pyrimidine (1.92 g, 74% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 9.24 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 9.05 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.98 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J = 5.6, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 191.04, found 192.00 (M+1).
Step 2: 1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amin e
[310] 4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyrimidine (1.88 g, 9.6 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (50 mL) at roo m temperature. To the resultant solution was added aq ueous ammonium chloride (8 mL of 7 M, 56.00 mmol) and iron (3.0 g, 53.72 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred 6 h at 80°C and 16 h at roo m temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered throu gh Celite, and the filter pad was washed with ethanol and ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate wa s concentrated to a white solid. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ). After filtration, the solvent was evaporated to provide 1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine as an orange solid (849.6 mg, 54% yield). 1H NM R (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.87 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d d, J = 5.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 161.07, found 161.98 (M+1).
Example: 1‐(2‐methoxypyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol 3‐amine
Step 1: 2‐methoxy‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐ yl)pyridine
[311] To a 0 °C solution of 3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazole (1.0 g, 8.84 mmol) in DMF (8.0 mL) was added NaH (450 mg of 60 %w/w, 11.25 mmol). After 20 minutes, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred a further 60 min. 4‐fluoro‐2‐methoxy‐pyridine (1.29 g, 10.15 mmol) was added, and the resultant reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature followed by 80 °C for 6 h. The reaction mixture was poured over ice, and a colorles s precipitate formed. The product was collected by vacuum filtration, and the solids air‐dried to provide 2‐methoxy‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐y l)pyridine (692 mg, 35% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.97 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (dd, J = 5.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dt, J = 5.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dt, J = 6.6, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 3H) pp m. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 220.06, found 221.08 (M+1).
Step 2: 1‐(2‐methoxypyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol 3‐amine
[312] To a pressure vessel containing Pd/C (65 mg of 10 %w/w, 0.06 mmol) suspended in ethanol (20.0 mL) was added 2‐methoxy‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol ‐1‐yl)pyridine (680 mg, 3.06 mmol). The resultant solution was shaken under 50 psi of H 2 gas for 48 h. The mixture was filtered thr ough Celite, and the filtrate concentrated. The crude residue was purifie d by silica gel chromatography (12 g silica column; linear gradient 0‐50% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2‐methoxypyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ amine (410 mg, 69% yield) as a colorless solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.28 (t, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (dd, J = 5.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (dt, J = 5. 8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.84 ( t, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 190.09, f ound 191.06 (M+1) + .
Example: 1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol ‐3‐amine
Step 1: 2‐fluoro‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1 yl)pyridine
[313] To a 0 °C solution of 3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazole (250 .0 g, 2.17 mol, 1.0 eq) in anhydrous DMF (2.5 L; 10.2 vol eq) under nitrogen was added NaH (95.42 g of 6 0 %w/w, 2.39 mol, 1.1 eq) in batches over 30 min while maintaining temperature below 8 °C. The mixt ure was stirred for 1 h then 2,4‐difluoropyridine (300 mL, 3.29 mol, 1.5 eq) was added, and the reac tion was warmed to room temperature and stirred for approximately 16 hours (h). The reaction mixture was diluted with water (12.5 L) and stirred vigorously for 1 h. The off‐white solid was coll ected by vacuum filtration. The solid was re‐susp ended in water (2 L) and filtered, and this step was rep eated once further. The product was dried under vacuum, then suspended in heptane (4L), stirred 3 h at room temperature, and filtered. The solid was washed with two further portions of heptane (2 L ea ch) and dried under vacuum to provide 2‐fluoro‐ 4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridine (426.3 g of 92% purity, 87% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO d6) δ 9.01 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (d, J = 5.7 H z, 1H), 7.95 (ddd, J = 5.7, 1.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.8 1 (t, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 208.04, found 209.01 (M+1).
Step 2: 1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol ‐3‐amine
[314] A mixture of 2‐fluoro‐4‐(3‐nitropyrazol‐1‐yl) pyridine (200.0 g, 893.6 mol, 1.0 eq), 10% Pd/C (18 .60 g of 10 %w/w, 17.48 mmol, 0.02 eq), ammonium format e (572.95 g, 8.814 mol, 10 eq), methanol (500 mL; 2.7 vol eq), and dioxane (1.0 L; 5.4 vol eq) was stirred at 50°C until starting materials were consumed, which was about 2.5 h. The reaction mixtur e was hot‐filtered through Celite, and the filter cake was washed with dioxane (500 mL) and methanol (250 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated to a white solid. The solid was suspe nded in water (3L), stirred overnight (about 16 h), and filtered. Water (1L) was added, mixture stirred , filtered, and dried on vac line for about 6 h. The product was dried at 55 °C under vacuum overnight to provide 1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol ‐3‐ amine (145.0 g, 89% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO d6) δ 8.35 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dt, J = 5.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s , 2H) ppm. ESI‐ MS m/z calc. 178.07, found 178.98 (M+1).
Example: 1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol ‐3‐amine (alternate synthesis)
[315] Step 1: 2‐fluoro‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐y l)pyridine
[316] A reactor was charged with 3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazole ( 300 g, 2.67 mol, limiting reagent). Anhydrous DMF (2.4 L, 8 vol.) was added, and stirring was be gun. The solution was cooled to 13 °C, and K 3 PO 4 (1.13 kg, 5.33 mol, 2 eq) was added. 2,4‐difluor opyridine (613.9 g, 5.33 mol, 2 eq) was added to t he reactor, and the reaction was stirred until complete. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was transferred slowly into a reactor containing wate r (6 L, 20 vol.). The resulting slurry was stirred for 1h. The slurry was then filtered, and the wet cake was washed with water and dried in a vacuum oven at 60 °C. Crude 2‐fluoro‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridine was isolated in 89% yield as an off white solid.
[317] 2‐fluoro‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridine was separated from 2,4‐bis(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐ yl)pyridine (formed as a side product) by recrystalli zation. A reactor was charged with crude 2‐fluoro ‐ 4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridine (944.1 g), dichloromethane (8.5 L, 9 vol.), and methanol (19.8 L, 21 vol.), and the agitation was set to 150 rpm. The s lurry was stirred at 39 °C for about 4 h, and th en the jacket temperature was ramped down to 20 °C, and stirring was continued for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the wet cake was rinsed with methanol (0.5 L, 0.6 vol.). The filtrat e was concentrated, and the resulting slurry was filter ed. The wet cake was rinsed with methanol and then dried in a vacuum oven at 50‐55 °C with nitrogen bleed. 2‐fluoro‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐ yl)pyridine was isolated in 75% yield (708 g) as a white solid.
[318] Step 2: 1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐ 3‐amine [319] 2‐fluoro‐4‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridine (808 g, 3.88 mol, 1 eq), 3% platinum on carbon catalyst (66% wet) (37.9 g, 1.94 mol, 0.0005 eq), a nd 2:1 tetrahydrofuran:methanol (13.6 L, 17 vol.) were loaded into a jacketed hydrogenator. The hydroge nator was purged with nitrogen and was then purged with hydrogen. The hydrogen was charged to a pressure of 3.0 bar, and the jacket temperature was ramped to 50 °C over 1 hour. Stirring was mai ntained between about 800 and 1,000 RPM. The batch was stirred until complete conversion was achie ved (~10 hours). The batch was cooled to 30 °C and filtered over a Celite pad to remove the catalyst. The filter cake was washed with 2:1 tetrahydrofuran:methanol (1.76 L, 2 vol.), the tetrahydrofuran/methanol mother liquors were stripped to dry solid, and two chases of isopropyl alcohol (each 5 volumes) were performed to remove as much tetrahydrofuran as possible. The solids were then taken up in 8 volumes of isopropyl alcohol (6.5 L) and heated to 80°C. Once temperature was r eached, 4 volumes of water (3.2 L) were added over 1 hour to afford a clear, yellow solution. The solution was cooled to 70°C and was seeded with crystals of 1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazo l‐3‐amine (0.05 wt%, 4 g). Crystals were allowed to grow as the batch was cooled from 70 °C to 60 °C ove r 1 hour, and then another 12 volumes of water (9. 7 L) were added over two hours. Once the water additi on was complete, the batch was cooled from 60 °C to 20 °C over 5 hours and was then filtered and washed with 2 volumes of 2:1 water:isopropyl alcohol (2.4 mL). The solids were dried in an oven at 45°C with a nitrogen sweep until a constant weight was obtained. 1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl) 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine was obtaind in 88% yield.
Example: 1‐(pyridazin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐a mine
Step 1: 3‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridazi ne
[320] To a 0 °C solution of 3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazole (1.5 g, 13.27 mmol) in NMP (1.2 mL) was added NaH (1. 2 g of 60 %w/w, 30.00 mmol). After 20 minutes, the m ixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred a further 60 min. The mixture was re‐coo led to 0 °C and 3‐chloropyridazine (hydrochloride salt; 2.0 g, 13.25 mmol) was added. The resultant m ixture was heated to 80°C and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured over ice, resulting in precipitation of a solid. The product was collected by vacuum filtration, and the solids air‐ dried to provide 3‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)p yridazine (1.51 g, 58% yield) as a beige solid. 1H NMR (40 0 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 9.38 (dd, J = 4.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 9.11 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (dd, J = 8.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J = 8.9, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 191.04, found 192.04 (M+1).
Step 2: 1‐(pyridazin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐a mine
[321] 3‐(3‐nitropyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridazine (1.5 g, 7.69 m mol) was dissolved in ethanol (40.0 mL) at room temperature. To the resultant solution was added aq ueous ammonium chloride (7.0 mL of 7 M, 49.00 mmol) and iron (2.0 g, 35.81 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred 4 h at 80° C under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filter pad was washed with ethanol and ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated to a white solid. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ). After filtration, the solvent was evaporated to provide 1‐ (pyridazin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (1.3 g, 5 2% yield) as a white solid. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 16 1.07, found 162.10 (M+1).
Example: 1‐(pyrimidin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐a mine
Step 1: 2‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyrimidi ne
[322] To a 0 °C solution of 3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazole (1.0 g, 8.84 mmol) in NMP (10.0 mL) was added NaH (42 5 mg of 60 %w/w, 10.63 mmol). After 20 minutes, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred a further 60 minutes. The mixture was re cooled to 0 °C and 2‐fluoropyrimidine (1.0 g, 10 .20 mmol) was added. The resultant mixture was heated to 80°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured over ice, resulting in precipitation of a sol id. The product was collected by vacuum filtration, and the solids air‐dried to provide 2‐(3‐nitro 1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyrimidine (1.66 g, 96% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 9.00 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 8.91 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d , J = 2.8 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 191.04, fo und 191.96 (M+1).
Step 2: 1‐(pyrimidin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐a mine
[323] 2‐(3‐nitropyrazol‐1‐yl)pyrimidine (1.65 g, 8.20 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (10.0 mL) at room temperature. To the resultant solution was added aq ueous ammonium chloride (8.0 mL of 7 M, 56.00 mmol) and iron (2.1 g, 37.60 mmol). The resultant m ixture was stirred 16 h at 55° C under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filter pad was washed with ethanol and ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated to a white solid. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ). After filtration, the solvent was evaporated to provide 1‐(pyrimidin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐amine (138 mg, 10% yield) as a yellow waxy solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 8.69 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 8.30 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.87 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 161.07, found 162.12 (M+1).
Example 1.2. Acid Intermediates
[324] All carboxylic acids were purchased commercially, with the exception of those shown below (see Scheme Acid‐1).
SCHEME ACID‐1
[325] Scheme Acid‐1, shown above, provides a general synt hetic route for the preparation of 1‐aryl‐ cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acids. Carboxylic acid i ntermediates were synthesized using appropriate choice of aryl acetonitrile following the procedure outlined below for 1‐(4‐chloro‐2‐ fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid.
Example: 1‐(4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐ 1‐carboxylic acid
[326] To a solution of benzyl(triethyl)ammonium chloride (27 mg, 0.12 mmol) in ethylene glycol (8.0 mL) was added 1‐bromo‐2‐chloro‐ethane (880 μL, 10.61 mmol), 2‐(4‐chloro‐2‐ fluorophenyl)acetonitrile (1.0 g, 5.90 mmol), and 50% w/v aqueous NaOH (3.3 mL, 41.28 mmol). The resultant reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C fo r 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (100 mL). The a queous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL), and the organic fractions were discarded. The aqueous fraction was acidified to pH 1 by addition of 6N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide crude 1‐(4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1 carboxylic acid (1.08 g, 85% yield) which was used without further purification. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.50 (s, 1H), 7.45 ‐ 7.08 (m, 3H), 1.48 (n, 2H), 1.16 (m, 2H) ppm.
Example: 1‐(2,5‐difluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ca rboxylic acid
[327] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1 (4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic acid using 2‐(2,5‐difluorophenyl)acetonitr ile as a starting material in place of 2‐(4‐chlo ro‐ 2‐fluorophenyl)acetonitrile. Product obtained in 81% yield. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.50 (s, 1H), 7.25‐7.11 (m, 3H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H ) ppm.
Example: 1‐(5‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane ‐1‐carboxylic acid
[328] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1 (4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic acid using 2‐(5‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl) acetonitrile as a starting material in place of 2‐(4‐ chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)acetonitrile. Product obtained in 78% yield. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.52 (s, 1H), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 1.47 (m , 2H), 1.21 (m, 2H) ppm.
Example: 1‐(2,6‐difluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ca rboxylic acid
[329] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1 (4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic acid using 2‐(2,6‐difluorophenyl)acetonitr ile as a starting material in place of 2‐(4‐chlo ro‐ 2‐fluorophenyl)acetonitrile. Product obtained in 72% yield. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.61 (s, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.21 ‐ 6.96 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, 2H) ppm.
Example: 1‐(2,3‐difluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ca rboxylic acid
[330] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1 (4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic acid using 2‐(2,3‐difluorophenyl)acetonitrile as a star ting material. Product obtained in 86% yield. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.53 (s, 1H), 7.48 ‐ 7.26 (m, 1H), 7 .26 ‐ 7.01 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.21 (m, 2H) ppm.
Example: 1‐(3,5‐difluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ca rboxylic acid
[331] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1 (4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic acid using 2‐(3,5‐difluorophenyl)acetonitr ile as a starting material in place of 2‐(4‐chlo ro‐ 2‐fluorophenyl)acetonitrile. Product obtained in 81% yield. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.48 (s, 1H), 7.09 (m, 3H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.32 ‐ 1.10 (m, 2H) ppm.
Example: 1‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluoro‐3‐methylphenyl )cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid
[332] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1 (4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic acid using 2‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluoro‐3‐ methylphenyl)acetonitrile as a starting material in pl ace of 2‐(4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)acetonitrile. Prod uct obtained in 79% yield. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐ d 6 ) δ 12.52 (s, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.24 ‐ 7 .02 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 2H), 1.15 (s, 2H) ppm.
Example: 1‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane ‐1‐carboxylic acid
[333] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1 (4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic acid using 2‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluoropheny l)acetonitrile as a starting material in place of 2‐(4‐ chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)acetonitrile. Product obtained in 84% yield. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.55 (s, 1H), 7.46 ‐ 7.14 (m, 3H), 1.65 (m, 2H) , 1.21 (m, 2H) ppm.
Example: 1‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane ‐1‐carboxylic acid [334] Purchased commercially or prepared according to the procedure described for 1‐(4‐chloro‐2‐ fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid using 2‐(2‐fluorophenyl)acetonitrile as a starting material in place of 2‐(4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl) acetonitrile. Product obtained in 96% yield. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 12.04 (s, 1H), 7.36 ‐ 7.21 (m, 2H), 7 .17 ‐ 6.99 (m, 2H), 1.75 (q, J = 4.1 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (q, J = 4.2 Hz, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 180.05 865, found 181.15 (M+1).
Example: 1‐(2‐fluoro‐5‐methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane 1‐carboxylic acid
[335] Prepared according to the procedure described for 1 (4‐chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic acid using 2‐(2‐fluoro‐5‐methoxyphenyl )acetonitrile as a starting material in place of 2 (4‐ chloro‐2‐fluorophenyl)acetonitrile. Product obtained in 94% yield. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.37 (s, 1H), 7.09 ‐ 7.01 (m, 1H), 6.87 ‐ 6.8 0 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.16 (m, 2H) ppm.
Example: 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carbox ylic‐2,2,3,3‐d 4 acid (for Compound 276) [336] Benzyl(triethyl)ammonium chloride (47 mg, 0.21 mmol), 1‐bromo‐2‐chloroethane‐1,1,2,2‐d 4 (2.05 g, 13.90 mmol), and 2‐fluorophenyl‐acetonitri le (1.27 g, 9.40 mmol) were combined. 50% w/v aqueous NaOH (6.0 mL) was added dropwise over 5 min utes with stirring. The resultant reaction mixture was heated to 46 °C for 24 h. Disappeara nce of the starting material was confirmed by HPLC. Ethylene glycol (5.0 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred 24 h at 100 °C. The reaction mixtur e was cooled to room temperature and partitioned betwee n water and diethyl ether. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracte d with diethyl ether. The ether fractions were discarded. The aqueous fraction was acidified to pH 1 by addition of concentrated HCl (8.0 mL) and extracted twice with diethyl ether. The combined or ganics were washed with water and brine (100 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide crude 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxylic‐2,2,3,3‐d 4 acid (1.08 g, 85% yield) which was used with out further purification.
Example: 2‐ethyl‐2‐methyl‐1‐phenylcyclopropane ‐1‐carboxylic acid
Step 1: Methyl 2‐diazo‐2‐phenylacetate
[337] To a mixture of methyl 2‐phenylacetate (5.0 g, 33. 3 mmol) and 4‐acetamidobenzenesulfonyl azide (8.8 g, 36.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was adde d DBU (6.1 g, 40.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h then parti tioned between water and ethyl acetate. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extrac ted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude mater ial was purified by silica gel chromatography (isocratic 10% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide methyl 2‐diazo‐2‐ phenylacetate (4.8 g, 89 % yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 3.87 (s, 3 H), 7.17‐7.20 (m, 1 H), 7. 36‐ 7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.47‐7.49 (m, 2 H) ppm.
Step 2: Methyl 2‐ethyl‐2‐methyl‐1‐phenylcycl opropane‐1‐carboxylate
[338] 2‐Methylbut‐1‐ene (2.78 g, 39.6 mmol) and Rh 2 [(R)‐DOSP] 4 were combined in pentane (450 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere. Methyl 2‐diazo‐2‐phen yl‐acetate (3.49 g, 19.8 mmol) was then added dropwise as a solution in pentane (60 mL). The re sultant mixture was stirred for 1 h, and the solven t was subsequently removed in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chrom atography (linear gradient 0 – 10% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide methyl 2‐ethyl‐2‐methyl‐1‐ phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxylate (2.8 g, 65% yield) as a scalemic mixture. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 218.13, found 219.45 (M+1).
Step 3: 2‐ethyl‐2‐methyl‐1‐phenylcyclopropane ‐1‐carboxylic acid
[339] Methyl 2‐ethyl‐2‐methyl‐1‐phenyl‐cyclopropaneca rboxylate (1.1 g, 5.04 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (7.0 mL) and 2N NaOH (5.0 mL). The resul tant mixture was heated for 15 min at 140°C in microwave. The mixture was acidified to pH 4 with 1N HCl and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide 2‐eth yl‐ 2‐methyl‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid (0.98 g; 95% yield, white solid) as a scalemic mixture that was used without further purification. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 204.12, found 205.46 (M+1).
Example: 1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxylic a cid; (S)‐1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxylic acid; and (R)‐1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxyl ic acid
Step 1: methyl 1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxylate
[340] To a room temperature solution of methyl 2‐diazo‐2‐phenyl‐acetate (5.0 g, 28.38 mmol) in pentane (150 mL) under nitrogen was added Rh 2 [(R)‐DOSP] 4 (250 mg, 0.005 mmol). To the resultant mixture was added methylenecyclopentane (7.0 g, 85.14 mmol) dropwise as a solution in pentane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (li near gradient 0 – 10% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide methyl 1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxyla te (5.0 g, 77% yield) as a scalemic mixture. The absolute stereochemistry of the major enantiomer was presumed to be (S) based on literature precedent (Org. Lett. 2008, 10, 573), and this stereochemical preference was confirmed by X‐ray crystallography after Step 3 (vide infra). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.58 – 7.10 (m, 5H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 1.89 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.86 –1.55 (m, 6H), 1 .43 (dt, J = 13.0, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.35 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.00 (dt, J = 13.2, 6.7 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z cal c. 230.13, found 231.47 (M+1).
Step 2: 1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxylic acid
[341] Methyl 1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxylate (5.0 g, 21.71 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (30.0 mL) and 2N NaOH (21.7 mL). The resultant mixture was heated for 15 min at 140 °C in microwave. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and t he crude residue was partitioned between 1N HCl and dichloromethane. The layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organics were washed with water, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide 1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1 carboxylic acid (4.0 g, 85% yield, white solid) as a scalemic mixture. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 11.65 (s, 1H), 7.64 – 6.98 (m, 5H), 2 .05 – 1.59 (m, 7H), 1.55 –1.39 (m, 2H), 1.02 (dt, J = 13.3, 6.6 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 216.12, found 217.47 (M+1). Step 3: (S)‐1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxylic acid and (R)‐1‐phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxy lic acid
[342] The enantiomeric mixture from the hydrolysis Step 2 was purified by SFC using 20 x 250 mm OJ‐ H column with isocratic 40% methanol (0.2% diethylami ne), 60% CO 2 as mobile phase. The ratio of S/R enantiomers was determined to be 2.8:1. The ab solute stereochemistry of the major enantiomer was confirmed by X‐ray crystallography on the N‐(1‐(4‐bromophenyl)ethyl)‐1‐ phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxamide derivative prepared from (R)‐1‐(4‐bromophenyl)ethan‐1‐ amine.
Example: 1‐Phenylspiro[2.3]hexane‐1‐carboxylic ac id
Step 1: Methyl 1‐phenylspiro[2.3]hexane‐1‐carboxyla te
[343] To a room temperature solution of methyl 2‐diazo‐2‐phenyl‐acetate (1.12 g, 6.36 mmol) in pentane (150 mL) under nitrogen was added Rh 2 [(R)‐DOSP] 4 (56 mg, 0.03 mmol). To the resultant mixture was added methylene cyclobutane (1.3 g, 19.08 mmol) dropwise as a solution in pentane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (li near gradient 0 – 10% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide methyl 1‐phenylspiro[2.3]hexane‐1‐carboxylat e (1.33 g, 97% yield) as a scalemic mixture. ESI MS m/z calc. 216.12, found 217.43 (M+1).
Step 2: 1‐Phenylspiro[2.3]hexane‐1‐carboxylic ac id
[344] Methyl 1‐phenylspiro[2.3]hexane‐1‐carboxylate (150 mg, 0.69 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3.0 mL) and 2N NaOH (1.0 mL). The resultant mixt ure was heated for 15 min at 140°C in microwave. The mixture was acidified to pH 4 with 1N HCl and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide 1‐ phenylspiro[2.3]hexane‐1‐carboxylic acid (0.98 g; 95% yield) as a white solid. Chiral analytical SFC showed that the product is a 4.1:1 mixture of enant iomers. The absolute stereochemistry of the major enantiomer was presumed to be (S), consistent with l iterature precedent (Org. Lett. 2008, 10, 573) and similar to the cyclopropanation transformation described above for methyl 1‐ phenylspiro[2.4]heptane‐1‐carboxylate. The scalemic mixture was used without further purification. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 204.12, found 205.46 (M+1).
Example: 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopropane‐ 1‐carboxylic acid
Step 1: 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopropane‐ 1‐carbonitrile
[345] To a solution of cyclopropanecarbonitrile (49.0 mL, 6 65.4 mmol) in 2‐methyltetrahydrofuran (600 mL) at 0 °C (ice‐water bath) was added lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (650 mL of 1M solution in hexanes, 650 mmol) over 25 minutes. After 10 minutes , 2,3‐difluoropyridine (19.76 mL, 217.2 mmol) was added. The cooling bath was removed and reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aqeous ammonium chloride (20 mL). The resultant mixture was partitioned between water a nd ethyl acetate. The organics were collected and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by sil ica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 0‐70% EtOAc) to 1‐(3‐fluoro‐2‐pyridyl)cyclopropanecarbon itrile (25.3 g, 72%) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform‐d) δ 8.16 (dt, J = 4.6, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (ddd, J = 10.2, 8.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 ‐ 7.07 (m, 1H), 1.70 ‐ 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.63 ‐ 1.56 (m, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 162.06, found 163.08 (M+1). Step 2: 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopropane‐1 carboxylic acid
[346] To a solution potassium hydroxide 22.7 g, 343.9 mmol ) in water (200 mL) was added a solution of 1‐(3‐fluoro‐2‐pyridyl)cyclopropanecarbonitrile (25.3 g, 156.0 mmol) in dioxane (100 mL). The resultant mixture was heated to 90 °C for 18 h. The solution was cooled to room temperature, then aqueous 6 N HCl (2.5 mL) was added until the pH 3 was reached. The mixure was cooled in an ice‐ water bath with stirring to give a suspension of wh ite precipitate. The precipitate was collected via filtration, washing with water (2 x 2mL). The filt er cake was dried under vacuum at 70°C to furnish 1‐ (3‐fluoro‐2‐pyridyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (25. 7 g, 91%) as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 12.53 (s, 1H), 8.31 (dt, J = 4.7, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (ddd, J = 10.0, 8.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7 .40 (dt, J = 8.3, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.49 (q, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 1. 38 ‐ 1.32 (m, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 181.053 91, found 182.07 (M+1)+; Retention time: 0.53 minutes.
Example: 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cy clopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid
Step 1: 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cy clopropane‐1‐carbonitrile
[347] A solution of cyclopropanecarbonitrile (650 µL, 8.826 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL) was cooled to 0°C. Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (17 mL of 0.5 M toluene solution, 8.500 mmol) was added, and the resultant reaction mixture was warmed to room te mperature and stirred for 30 minutes. The above solution was added to 5‐chloro‐2,3‐difluoro ‐pyridine (1.3 g, 8.694 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) a t room temperature, and stirring was continued overnight . The reaction was mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and EtOAc. The org anics were collected, washed with brine and water, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 0‐100% ethyl acet ate/heptane to provide 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoro‐2 pyridyl)cyclopropanecarbonitrile (62 mg, 3%) ESI‐MS m /z calc. 196.02, found 197.04 (M+1).
Step 2: 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cy clopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid
[348] 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoro‐2‐pyridyl)cyclopropanecarbo nitrile (60 mg, 0.220 mmol) was suspended in NaOH (1.0 mL of 6 M aqueous solution, 6.000 mmol) and EtOH (0.5 mL). The resultan mixture was stirred in a sealed vial at 120 °C overnight. Th e mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 6M HC l (1.0 mL, 6.000 mmol) was added. The solution was purified by reverse phase C18 chromatography (100g C18 column, eluting with 10‐100% ACN in wate r with 0.1% TFA) to provide 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluo ro‐ 2‐pyridyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (TFA salt) (11.9 mg, 16%). ESI‐MS m/z calc. 215.015, found 216.04 (M+1).
Example: 1‐(3‐fluoro‐5‐methylpyridin‐2‐yl)cy clopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid [349] Prepared by analogous procedure to the one described above for 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid. Product obtained in 0.3% yield. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 195.07, found 196.05 (M+1).
Example: 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)spiro[2.2]penta ne‐1‐carboxylic acid
[350] Prepared by procedure analogous to the one described above for 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid except using THF as solvent in the Step 1 rather than toluene. Product obtained in 53% yield (2 steps). 1H NMR ( 400 MHz, DMSO‐d6) δ 12.42 (s, 1H), 8.34 (dt, J = 4.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (ddd, J = 9.9, 8.3, 1.4 Hz , 1H), 7.40 (dt, J = 8.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.97 (dd, J = 34.3, 3.9 Hz, 2H), 1.26 ‐ 0.95 (m, 2H), 0.78 (ddt, J = 25 .7, 9.8, 5.1 Hz, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 207.07 , found 208.07 (M+1).
Exam le: 1‐(3‐fluoro‐2‐pyridyl)‐2‐methyl‐cycloprop anecarboxylic acid
[351] Prepared by procedure analogous to the one described above for 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid except using THF as solvent in the Step 1 rather than toluene. Product obtained in 83% yield (2 steps). ESI‐MS m/z calc. 195.07, found 196.05 (M+1).
Example: 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐2,2‐dimeth ylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid
[352] Prepared by analogous procedure to the one described above for 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid except using THF as solvent in the first step rather than toluene (gives yield improvement). Product obtained in 53% yield (2 steps). ESI‐MS m/z calc. 190.09, found 191.1 (M+1).
Example 1.3. COMPOUNDS PREPARED USING AMIDE BOND FORMATION AS FINAL STEP
[353] Amide bond formation is described below in Scheme Am ide‐1 (Methods A‐AE).
SCHEME AMIDE‐1. PREPARATION OF COMPOUNDS IN TAB LE A.
[354] Scheme Amide‐1 provides a general synthetic route f or the preparation of compounds listed in Table A. Using the appropriate selection of carboxylic acid and amine, compounds within Table A were synthesized according to one of the following a mide coupling procedures, Methods A – AE. A representative example of each method is provided, an d the coupling method used to prepare each compound as well as yield and characterization inform ation is provided in Table A.
Method A
1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopr opane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 2)
[355] To a solution of 1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐amine (50 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added 1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid (101.8 mg, 0.63 mmol, 2.0 eq), iPr 2 NEt (165 μL, 0.94 mmol, 3.0 eq), and HATU (143 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.2 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filter ed, and the filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetoni trile/water with HCl modifier) to provide 1‐ phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropan e‐1‐carboxamide (56.2 mg, 59% yield).
Method B
2‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol 3‐yl)acetamide (Compound 213)
[356] To a solution of 1‐(3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine ( 40.0 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added 2‐phenylacetic acid (37.4 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.1 eq), HATU (104.6 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.1 eq), and iPr 2 NEt (131 μL, 0.75 mmol, 3.0 eq). The result ant mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 3 h. The re action mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modi fier) to provide 2‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyridin‐3‐yl) ‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)acetamide (44.3 mg, 64% yield).
Method C
2‐(4‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(thiazol‐2‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐yl)acetamide (Compound 92)
[357] To a room temperature solution of 1‐thiazol‐2‐yl pyrazol‐3‐amine (30 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (1.0 mL) was added 2‐(4‐fluorophenyl)acetic ac id (30 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.1 eq), HATU (70 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.0 eq), and iPr 2 NEt (150 μL, 0.86 mmol, 4.8 eq). The result ant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was parti tioned between saturated aqueous NaCl and dichloromethane. The layers were separated, and the organics were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water using TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases were separated on a phase separation cartridge. The organic fraction was concentrated to provide 2‐(4‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(thiazol‐2‐yl)‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐ yl)acetamide (16.3 mg, 28% yield).
Method D
N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)‐2‐phenylpentanamide (Compound 173)
[358] To a room temperature solution of 2‐phenylpentanoic acid (60 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.5 eq) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added HATU (171 mg, 0.45 mmol, 2.0 eq ), DMAP (0.3 mg, .002 mmol, 0.01 eq), iPr 2 NEt (98 μL, 0.56 mmol, 2.5 eq), and 1‐(2‐fluoropyrid in‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (40 mg, 0.22 mmo l, 1.0 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred at room tem perature for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The layers were separated via a phase separation cartridge, and the organics concentrated. The crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and passed through a bicarbonate cartridge. The filtrate was concentrated to provide N‐(1‐(2‐ fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐2‐pheny lpentanamide (36.8 mg, 48% yield).
Method E
(S)‐2‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐y l)propanamide (Compound 20)
[359] To a room temperature solution of 1‐phenyl‐1H‐py razol‐3‐amine (60 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added (S)‐2‐phenylpropanoic acid (75 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.3 eq), HATU (160 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.1 eq), and iPr 2 NEt (200 μL, 1.15 mmol, 3.0 eq). The result ant reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture wa s partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated, and the ethyl acetate lay er was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier) to furnish (S)‐2‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)propanamide (66 mg, 58% yield).
Method F
N‐(1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐y l)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 13 8) [360] To a solution of 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H pyrazol‐3‐amine (25 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.0 eq) in N MP (1.0 mL) was added 1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxyl ic acid (26 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.2 eq), HATU (76 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (0.8 mg, 0.007 mmol, 0.05 eq), and iPr 2 NEt (100 μL, 0.57 mmol, 4.3 eq). The mixture was heated to 55 °C and stirred for 1 6h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous NaCl, saturated NaHCO 3 , and dichloromethane (1:1:1). The layers were separated via a phase separation cartridge, and the organics w ere concentrated. The crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with NaHCO 3 . The layers were separated, and the organic phase concentrated to provide N‐(1‐(3‐fluoropyridi n‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropan e‐1‐ carboxamide (6.5 mg, 14% yield).
Method G
N‐(1‐(6‐methylpyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 118) [361] A mixture of 1‐(6‐methylpyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (40 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.0 eq), 1‐ phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid (60 mg, 0.37 m mol, 1.6 eq), DMAP (3.0 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.05 eq), iPr 2 NEt (200 μL, 1.15 mmol, 5.0 eq) and HATU (14 0 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.6 eq) in DMF (4.0 mL) was stirred for 24 h at 37 °C. The reaction mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 and dichloromethane. The layers were separated via a phase separation cartridge, and the organics were concentrated. The crude residue was purified b y silica gel chromatography (12 g silica column; linear gradient of 10‐50% ethyl acetate/heptane to provide N‐(1‐(6‐methylpyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazo l‐3‐ yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (44.8 mg, 58% yield).
Method H
2‐methyl‐2‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 ‐yl)propanamide (Compound 30)
[362] To a solution of 1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (60 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 eq) and 2‐methyl‐2‐ phenylpropanoic acid (62 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added HBTU (143 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 eq) and iPr 2 NEt (66 μL, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 eq). The resultant reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was concentrated. The crude residue thus obtained was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/wat er with TFA modifier) to provide 2‐methyl‐2‐ phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)propanamide (66 mg, 56% yield).
Method I N‐(1‐(2‐chloropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐y l)‐2‐phenylacetamide (Compound 83)
[363] To a solution of 1‐(2‐chloropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H pyrazol‐3‐amine (100 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq) and 2‐ phenylacetic acid (66 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.4 eq) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added HBTU (182 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.4 eq) and iPr 2 NEt (180 μL, 1.03 mmol, 3.0 eq). The resultan t reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous NaCl and dichloromethane. The layers were separated via a phase separation cartridge, and the dichloromethane layer was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 0‐50% ethyl aceta te/heptane) to provide N‐(1‐(2‐chloropyridin‐4‐ yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐2‐phenylacetamide (51.6 m g, 46% yield).
Method J 1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐ 3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 207)
[364] To a solution of 1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (25 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.0 eq) and 1‐ phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid (36 mg, 0.22 m mol, 1.5 eq) in NMP (500 μL) was added HBTU (140 mg, 0.37 mmol, 2.5 eq) and iPr 2 NEt (51 μL, 0.29 mmol, 2.0 eq). The resultant reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at 50° C. The reaction mix ture was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 and saturated aqueous NaCl (1:1), and extracted with dich loromethane. The layers were separated via a phase separation cartridge, and the dichloromethane layer was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water w ith TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and dichloromethane. The layers were separated on a pha se separation cartridge, and the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to furnish 1‐phenyl‐N‐ (1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropa ne‐1‐ carboxamide (7.6 mg, 16% yield).
Method K
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐methoxypyridin‐4 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamid e (Compound 259)
[365] To a 0 °C mixture of 1‐(2‐methoxypyridin‐4‐yl )‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (40 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.0 eq ), DMAP (4.0 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.1 eq), 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyc lopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid (40 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.1 eq), and pyridine (80 μL, 0.99 mmol, 4.7 eq) in ethyl acetate (500 μL) was added T3P (50 %w/v solution in ethyl acetate, 330 μL, 0.52 mmol, 2.5 eq) dropw ise. The resultant solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir for 24 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous NaCl and dichloromethane. The layers were separated via a phase separation cartridge, and the organics were concentrat ed. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐methoxypyridin‐ 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxami de (18.8 mg, 24% yield).
Method L N‐(1‐(2‐chloropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐y l)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 84 ) [366] To a 0 °C solution of 1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid (250 mg, 1.54 mmol, 2.5 eq) in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) was cautiously added oxalyl chloride (150 μL, 1.72 mmol, 1.7 eq) and DMF (10 μL, 0.13 mmol, 0.1 eq). The resultant solutio n was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. Meanwhile, 1‐(2‐chloropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (300 mg, 1.02 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10.0 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. To the resultant mixture was treated with the solution of acid chloride, followed by iPr 2 NEt (500 μL, 2.87 mmol, 2.8 eq). The result ant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h then parti tioned between saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 and dichloromethane. The biphasic mixture was filtered t hrough a pad of Celite, and the filtrate layers were separated via a phase separation cartridge. Th e organic phase was concentrated, and the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (li near gradient of ethyl acetate/heptane) to furnish N‐(1‐(2‐chloropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐y l)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (80.9 mg, 23% yield).
Method M
1‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropy ridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐c arboxamide (Compound 274)
[367] Step 1: To a room temperature solution/suspension of 1‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐ 1‐carboxylic acid (250 mg, 1.17 mmol, 1.0 eq) in thionyl chloride (255 μL, 3.50 mmol, 3.0 eq) was added DMF (5 μL, 0.06 mmol, 0.05 eq). The resultant reaction solution was stirred for 2 h and concentrated to furnish 1‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluoropheny l)cyclopropane‐1‐carbonyl chloride which was used in the following step without further purification.
[368] Step 2: To a room temperature solution of 1‐(2‐c hloro‐6‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carbonyl chloride (50 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (1.0 ml ) was added triethylamine (60 μL, 0.43 mmol, 2.0 eq) and 1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (54 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.4 eq). The resultant reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The solvent was removed, and the crude residue was dissolved in DMSO (2.0 mL) and purified by C18 preparatory HP LC (acetonitrile/water with NH 4 OH modifier) to provide 1‐(2‐chloro‐6‐fluo rophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyr azol‐ 3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (25.0 mg, 30% yiel d).
Method N
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4 yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide
(Compound 87)
[369] Step 1: To a solution/suspension of 1‐(2‐fluorophe nyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid (266 g, 1.46 mol, 1.3 eq) in thionyl chloride (SOCl 2 ; 295 mL, 4.04 mol, 3.6 eq) at room temperatu re was added DMF (800 µL, 10.33 mmol, 0.01 eq). The resultant solu tion was stirred 1 hour (h) at room temperature and 3 h at 30 °C. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and excess thionyl chloride and HCl were removed by azeotrope with toluene (100 mL). 1‐(2‐fluorop henyl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (290 g, 100%) was obtained as a clear yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.44 ‐ 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.24 ‐ 7.0 5 (m, 2H), 2.11 ‐ 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.59 ‐ 1.43 (m, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 198.02, found 199.63 (M+1) + .
[370] Step 2: To a 0 °C suspension of 1‐(2‐fluoropyri din‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (200 g, 1.12 mo l, 1.0 eq) and triethylamine (Et 3 N; 391 mL, 2.81 mol, 2.5 eq) in THF (1.6 L) was added 1‐(2‐ fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (290 g, 1.46 mol, 1.3 eq) slowly over 1 h so as to maintain the reaction temperature below 8 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred a further for 1 h in the ice bath then warmed to room temperature for approximatel y 16 h. After water (200 mL) was added and stirred for about 20 minutes, the THF was removed i n vacuo. The resultant mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (6.5 L) and aqueous 5% Na 2 CO 3 (3 L). The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with aqueous 5% Na 2 CO 3 (3 L), dried and concentrated. The crude re sidue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 0 – 100% ethyl acetate/heptane). Relevant fractions were combined and concentrated to provide the desired product, which was re‐ suspended in heptane (4L) and circulated on a rotary evaporator at atmospheric pressure for approximately 16 h. The product was collected by f iltration, washed twice with heptane, and dried in vacuo to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐y l)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxamide (300 g, 78% yield; white crystalline soli d). 1H‐NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d6) δ 9.59 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dt, J = 5.7, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 ‐ 7.4 4 (m, 2H), 7.44 ‐ 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.28 ‐ 7.13 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.71 ‐ 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.25 ‐ 1.0 8 (m, 2H) ppm.
METHOD N (alternate)
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4 yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide
(Compound 87, alternate synthesis)
[371] Step 1: A reactor was charged with 1‐(2‐fluorop henyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic acid (1750.6 g, 9.72 mol, limiting reagent), and toluene (3.5 L, 2 vol) was added. Thionyl chloride (1417 mL, 19.43 mol, 2 eq) was added to reactor, and the reaction was heated to 35‐40 °C. Upon completion of the reaction, toluene (7 L, 4 vol) was added to the re actor, and the reaction mixture was distilled to dryness to obtain 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbo nyl chloride in 98% yield as a yellow oil . [372] Step 2: A reactor was charged with 1‐(2‐fluoropyr idin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (1499.9 g, 8.42 mol, limiting reagent) and tetrahydrofuran (15 L, 10 vol). Triethylamine (2.35 L, 16.84 mol, 2 eq) was added at 13 °C. A solution of 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl) cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (1672.4 g, 8.42 mol, 1.0 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (3.0 L, 2 vol) was added to the reactor, while maintaining a temperature of 13 ‐18 °C. Upon reaction completion, methanol (0.75 L0.5 vol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for no less than 30 minutes. Water (6 L, 4 vol) was added to the reactor at 14 °C, and the mixture was allowed to warm up to ambient temperatur e. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (7.5 L, 5 vol), and the organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl (6.76 L, 4.5 vol), follo wed by water (6 L, 4 vol). The organic layer was conce ntrated, isopropyl alcohol (11.25 L, 7.5 vol.) was added, and the mixture was heated to 75 °C. Wate r (3.8 L, 2.5 vol) was added to the reactor over 1h, while maintaining a temperature greater than 70 °C. Seed crystals of 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1 (2‐ fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane ‐1‐carboxamide (28.7 g, 0.08 mol, 0.01 eq) were added at 55 °C, and the mixture was stirred for 3 0 minutes. Water (7.5 L, 5 vol) was added to the reactor at 50‐ 55 °C over 5 h, and then the ja cket was ramped down to 20 °C over 5 hours. Sti rring was continued at 20 °C for 30 minutes, and then t he batch was filtered and washed with 1:1 isopropyl alcohol:water (3.8 L). The wet cake was transferred to drying trays and dried in a vacuum oven at 45 °C with nitrogen bleed. 1‐(2‐fluoro phenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyraz ol‐3‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide was obtained in 83.5% yield.
Method O
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl)‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compo und 206) Step 1
[373] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carbonyl chloride was prepared according to procedure described for Method M, Step 1.
Step 2
[374] A mixture of 1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (50 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.0 eq), 1‐(2‐ fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carbonyl chloride (70 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.1 eq), iPr 2 NEt (250 μL, 1.44 mmol, 4.6 eq), and DMAP (10 mg, 0.08 mmol, 0.3 eq) in THF (2.0 mL) was heated to 37 °C for 24 h. The solvent was removed, and the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 10 ‐ 100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to pr ovide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(pyrimidin‐4‐yl )‐1H‐ pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (25.1 mg, 25% yield).
Method P N‐(1‐(2‐methoxypyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ yl)‐2‐phenylacetamide (Compound 232)
[375] To a solution of 1‐(2‐methoxy‐4‐pyridyl)pyrazol 3‐amine (50 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.0 eq) and iPr 2 NEt (200 μL, 1.15 mmol, 4.5 eq) in THF (2.8 mL) was added 2‐phenylacetyl chloride (50 μL, 0.40 mmol, 1 .6 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred at 55 °C for 1 h then cooled to room temperature and stirred for 16 h. The reaction solution was concentrated, and the cru de residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 10‐100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide N‐(1‐(2‐ methoxypyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐2‐phen ylacetamide (40.0 mg, 48% yield).
Method Q
N‐(1‐(3,5‐difluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl) 1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 308) [376] A mixture of 1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxylic aci d (65 mg, 0.40 mmol, 1.6 eq), DMAP (5.0 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.16 eq), 1‐(3,5‐difluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (50 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.0 eq), and pyridine (200 μL, 2.47 mmol, 9.9 eq) in ethyl acet ate (0.5 mL) was cooled to 0 °C. To the solutio n was added T3P (225 μL, 0.35 mmol, 1.4 eq; 50% w/v in ethyl acetate). The ice bath was removed, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature for 24 h, th en 50 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between sa turated aqueous NaCl and dichloromethane. The layers were separated via a phase separation car tridge, and the organics were concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 0‐20% ethyl acetate/heptane to provide N‐(1‐(3,5‐difluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1 ‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐ carboxamide (6.3 mg, 7% yield).
Method R
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H ‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compoun d 186)
Step 1
[377] A solution of 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐ca rboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.0 eq) and thionyl chloride (0.5 ml) was heated to reflux for 1h. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carbonyl chloride, which was used in the following step witho ut further manipulation.
Step 2
[378] To the entirety of the crude 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyc lopropane‐1‐carbonyl chloride prepared in Step 1 was added THF (2.0 mL), iPr 2 NEt (146 μL, 0.84 mmol, 3.0 eq), and 1‐(2 fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ amine (50 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.0 eq). The resultant m ixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier) to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐ (2‐fluorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1 carboxamide (7.8 mg, 8% yield).
Method S
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(5‐methyl‐1‐phenyl‐1 H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compou nd 386)
[379] To a mixture of 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbox ylic acid (25 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added 1‐chloro‐N,N,2 trimethylprop‐1‐en‐1‐amine (22 µL, 0.166 mmol, 1.2 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred f or 2 hours, then treated with a solution of 5‐ methyl‐1‐phenyl‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (30 mg, 0.173 mmol, 1.3 eq) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) and N‐ ethyl‐N‐isopropylpropan‐2‐amine (50 µL, 0.287 m mol, 2.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h. The solvent was removed, and the crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC
(acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in
dichloromethane, washed with saturated sodium bicarbona te solution, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(5 methyl‐1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐ 1‐ carboxamide (26.5 mg, 56% yield).
Method T
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1'‐methyl‐1'H‐[1,4' bipyrazol]‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compou nd 390)
[380] A mixture of (E/Z)‐3‐ethoxyprop‐2‐enenitrile (50 µL), 1‐methylpyrazol‐4‐yl)hydrazine
(dihydrochloride salt; 50 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.0 eq), so dium ethoxide (500 µL of 21 %w/v, 1.54 mmol, 5.7 eq), and ethanol (2.0 mL) was sealed and heated to 160 °C in microwave for 45 mins. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, the solvent evaporated, and the crude residue purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 0‐100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2‐ fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1'‐methyl‐1'H‐[1,4'‐bipyrazol] 3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (24.6 mg, 25% yield).
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(1‐methyl‐1H‐imid azol‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐ca rboxamide (Compound 392)
[381] To a solution of 1‐(1‐methylimidazol‐4‐yl)pyrazo l‐3‐amine (36 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.0 eq) in
dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added triethylamine (100 µL, 0.72 mmol, 3.3 eq) and 1‐(2‐ fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (45 mg, 0.23 mmol 1.0 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. The so lvent was evaporated, and the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gra dient of methanol/dichloromethane or ethyl acetate/heptane, depending on the product) to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐(1‐methylimidazol‐ 4‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (35.3 mg, 47% yield).
Method V
N‐(1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐p yrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐
carboxamide (Compound 395)
[382] To a solution of 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbo nyl chloride (66mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.5 eq) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added pyridine (36 μL, 0.44 mmol, 2.0 eq). The resultant mixture was treated with 1‐(2‐(difluoromethoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl) 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (50 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.0 eq) and stirred 16 h. The solvent was evaporated, and the crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with NH 4 OH modifier) to provide N‐(1‐(2‐(difluoromet hoxy)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane 1‐carboxamide (26 mg, 27% yield).
Method W
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(1‐methyl‐1H‐1,2, 3‐triazol‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane 1‐carboxamide (Compound 400)
[383] To mixture of 1‐(1‐methyltriazol‐4‐yl)pyrazol‐3 ‐amine (33 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1.0 eq) in
dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added N,N‐diisopropyleth ylamine (100 µL, 0.57 mmol, 2.9 eq) and 1‐ (2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (45 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.1 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. Th e solvent was evaporated, and the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (li near gradient of methanol/dichloromethane) to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(1‐methyl‐1H 1,2,3‐triazol‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro pane‐1‐ carboxamide (60 mg, 86% yield).
Method X
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(isoxazol‐4‐yl)‐1 H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compou nd 424) To a solution of 1‐isoxazol‐4‐ylpyrazol‐3‐amin e (12 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (0. 5 mL) and DMF (0.5 mL) was added triethylamine (15 µL, 0 .11 mmol, 1.4 eq) and 1‐(2‐
fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (79 µL of a 1M solution in dichloromethane, 0.11 mmol, 1.0 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred for 16 h a t room temperature. The crude reaction mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueo us sodium bicarbonate. The organics were collected by passage through a phase separation cartr idge and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2‐ fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(isoxazol‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol 3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (6.8 mg, 26% yie ld).
Method Y
N‐(1‐(3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐( 3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide
(Compound 418)
To a mixture of 1‐(3‐fluoro‐2‐pyridyl)cyclopr opanecarboxylic acid (46 mg, 0.254 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added 1‐chloro‐N,N,2 trimethylprop‐1‐en‐1‐amine (35 µL, 0.265 mmol, 1.04 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred for 2 hours, then 1‐(3‐chlorophenyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine (4 9 mg, 0.254 mmol, 1.3 eq), N‐ethyl‐N‐isopropylpropan‐2 ‐amine (50 µL, 0.287 mmol, 1.1 eq) and DMAP (3 mg, 0.025 mmol, 0.1 eq) were added. The reaction mixtu re was stirred for 16 h. The solvent was removed, and the crude residue was purified by C18 preparator y HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethan e, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to provide N‐(1 (3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐ (3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (22.6 mg, 52% yield).
Method Z
N‐(1'‐(2,4‐dimethoxyphenyl)‐1'H‐[1,4'‐bipyraz ol]‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐car boxamide (Compound 428)
Step 1: 1'‐(2,4‐dimethoxyphenyl)‐1'H‐[1,4'‐bi pyrazol]‐3‐amine
1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (157.4 mg, 1.894 mmol), 1‐io do‐2,4‐dimethoxy‐benzene (500 mg, 1.894 mmol) copper(I) bromide (54.3 mg, 0.379 mmol), cesium carbonate (617.1 mg, 1.894 mmol) and DMF (2.0 mL) were combined and heated to 110 °C overni ght. The resultant mixture was cooled to room temperature and passed through a plug of celite, was hing with methanol. The filtrate was evaporated, and the crude residue was dissolved in dichloromethan e and washed with 1N NaOH. The organics were collected by passage through a phase separation cartr idge, and the filtrate was evaporated to provide crude 1'‐(2,4‐dimethoxyphenyl)‐1'H‐[1,4'‐bipyrazo l]‐3‐amine, a portion of which was used in the following step without further manipulation. Step 2: N‐(1'‐(2,4‐dimethoxyphenyl)‐1'H‐[1,4'‐ bipyrazol]‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐ 1‐ carboxamide
To a solution of crude 1'‐(2,4‐dimethoxyphenyl)‐1 'H‐[1,4'‐bipyrazol]‐3‐amine (50 mg, 0.175 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) was added 1‐(2‐ fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (56.4 mg, 0.283 mmol) and pyridine (153 μL). The result ant solution was stirred for 16 h, and the solvent was then evaporated under a stream of nitrogen gas. Th e crude residue was dissolved in DMSO and purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with saturated so dium bicarbonate solution, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to provide N‐(1'‐(2,4‐ dimethoxyphenyl)‐1'H‐[1,4'‐bipyrazol]‐3‐yl)‐1‐ (2‐ fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (52% yield).
Method AA 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(5‐methyl‐1,3,4‐oxad iazol‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐c arboxamide (Compound 443)
To a solution of 1‐(5‐methyl‐1,3,4‐oxadiazol 2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine (60 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (0.3 mL) and DMF (1.0 mL) was added triethylamine (100 µL, 0.72 mmol, 2.1 eq) and 1‐ (2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (80 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred for 72 h at 60 °C. The crude reaction m ixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous sodium b icarbonate. The organics were collected by passage through a phase separation cartridge and evap orated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of ethyl acetate/h eptane) to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(5 methyl‐1,3,4‐oxadiazol‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl )cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (7.9 mg, 7% yield).
Method AB
N‐(1‐(4‐fluoro‐2‐methylphenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)‐1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐c arboxamide (Compound 450)
To a mixture of 1‐(3‐fluoro‐2‐pyridyl)cyclopr opanecarboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.276 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) was added 1‐chloro‐N,N,2 trimethylprop‐1‐en‐1‐amine (45 µL, 0.340 mmol, 1.2 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred for 1 h, then treated with 1‐(4‐fluoro‐2‐methyl‐
phenyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine (55 mg, 0.288 mmol, 1.04 eq), N‐ethyl‐N‐isopropylpropan‐2‐amine (200 µ L, 1.148 mmol, 4.2 eq), and DMAP (10 mg, 0.082 mmol, 0.3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred 2 h. The solvent was removed, and the crude residue was purif ied by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to provide N‐(1 (4‐ fluoro‐2‐methylphenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐(3 ‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (1 0.9 mg, 10% yield).
Method AC
1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyrid in‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carb oxamide (Compound 423)
[384] Step 1: To a 0 °C mixture of 1‐(3‐fluoro‐2‐ pyridyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (660 mg, 3.64 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added oxalyl ch loride (2 mL of 2 M solution in
dichloromethane, 4.00 mmol). The resultant reaction solution was treated with N,N‐
dimethylformamide (25 μL, 0.32 mmol). Stirring at 0 °C was continued for 10 minutes, and then the reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvent was removed in vacuo to furnish 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopro pane‐1‐carbonyl chloride as a light yellow solid, the entirety of which was used in the following step wi thout further manipulation.
[385] Step 2: 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)cyclopropane‐1 carbonyl chloride from Step 1 was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and pyridine (1.0 mL, 12.36 mmol). To the resultant solution was added a suspension of 1‐(5‐fluoro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐ amine (445 mg, 2.50 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL). Stirring was continued for 2 h, and then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude residue thus obtained was purified by silica gel chromatograp hy (isocratic 5% methanol/dichloromethane) to provide 1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5 fluoropyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropa ne‐1‐ carboxamide (655 mg, 77% yield).
Method AD
1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5 fluoropyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropa ne‐1‐ carboxamide (Compound 498)
1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐fluoro‐2‐pyridyl)cyclopropaneca rboxylic acid (TFA salt, 23 mg, 0.068 mmol), N,N‐ diisopropylethylamine (100 µL, 0.574 mmol), 1‐[fluor o(pyrrolidin‐1‐ium‐1‐ylidene)methyl]pyrrolidine (Phosphorus Hexafluoride Ion, 40 mg, 0.127 mmol), and dicholormethane (2.0 mL) were combined. The resultant mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. 1‐( 5‐fluoro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine (12 mg, 0.06 7 mmol) was added, and the reaction vessel was sealed and h eated to 90 °C for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated, and the crude residue was dissolved in a small amount of DMSO and purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA or NH 4 OH modifier) to provide 1‐(5‐chloro‐3‐
fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin‐3 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamid e (12.8 mg, 45% yield).
Method AE 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐methylpyridin‐3‐y l)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide
(Compound 470)
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (56.9 mg, 0.316 mmol, 1.1 eq), pyridine (46 µL, 0.574 mmol, 2.0 eq) and DMF (1.0 mL) were combined. T3P (215 µL of a 2M solution in ethyl acetate, 0.4 31 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added, and stirring was continued for 5 minutes prior to addition of 1‐(2‐methyl ‐3‐ pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐amine (50 mg, 0.287 mmol, 1.0 eq ). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and diluted with dichloromethane and water. The organic phase was collected by passage through phase separator, and the filtrate was concentrated. The c rude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of 0‐40% ethyl aceta te/heptane to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐( 2‐ methylpyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane ‐1‐carboxamide (20.5 mg, 21% yield).
TABLE A. Compounds prepared using amide bond format ion as the final step.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
,
, .
,
,
z, ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
, ,
,
,
.
,
, .
,
,
,
, , ,
,
, ,
J ,
,
,
, ,
, ,
, , J
J
J
,
,
, ,
,
, J
,
J
.
J , ,
,
J ,
J , , , J
,
,
, ,
,
,
, ,
, , , , ,
, , , , , , , , J
,
,
,
J
, , ,
,
Example 1.4. COMPOUNDS PREPARED USING COPPER‐MEDIAT ED ARYL COUPLING AS FINAL STEP
[386] Described below are Scheme Aryl‐1 and Scheme Aryl 2 (includes methods A‐D).
SCHEME ARYL‐1 (Synthesis of common intermediate 1 ‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐
yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide for copper coupling procedures)
Step 1: 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carbon yl chloride
[387] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5.0 g, 27.47 mmol) and thionyl chloride (6.0 mL, 82.26 mmol) were combined at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. To the resultant brown suspension was added N,N‐dimethylformamide (approximately 2 µL, 0.02 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Excess thionyl chloride and HCl were removed via rotary evaporation. The crude residue w as azeotrope‐dried with toluene, and the sample was used in the next step without further purificati on.
Step 2: tert‐butyl 3‐(1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclop ropane‐1‐carboxamido)‐1H‐pyrazole‐1‐carboxylate
[388] The crude residue prepared in Step 1 was dissolved in THF (34.0 mL). Triethylamine (7.76 mL, 55.68 mmol) was added, followed by tert‐butyl 3‐a minopyrazole‐1‐carboxylate (4.25 g, 23.20 mmol). The resultant reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 125 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (200mL) and brine (200mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (330 g column; linear gradient of 0‐15% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide tert‐butyl 3‐(1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1 carboxamido)‐1H‐pyrazole‐1‐carboxylate, the entirety of which was carried forward to Step 3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H) , 7.49 ‐ 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.26 ‐ 7.11 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 1.59 (q, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (s, 9H), 1.15 (q, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 345.15, found 346.12 (M+1).
Step 3: 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide
[389] tert‐Butyl 3‐(1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamido) 1H‐pyrazole‐1‐carboxylate obtained in Step 2 was dissolved in dichloromethane (50.0 mL). To the resultant solution was added TFA (5.0 mL, 64.90 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the crude residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution. The layers were separated using a phase separation cartridge. The organic phase was concentrated, then lyophilized to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (5.21 g, 92% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 9.76 (s, 3H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.48 – 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.24 – 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.69 (m, 1H), 1.93 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 352.13, f ound 353.17 (M+1).
SCHEME ARYL‐2. General Coupling Procedure for Pre paration of Compounds in Table B.
[390] Scheme Aryl‐2 provides a general synthetic route fo r the preparation of compounds listed in Table B. Using 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrrol‐3‐yl)cycloprop ane‐1‐carboxamide and the appropriate selection of aryl bromide or aryl iodide, compounds within Table B were synthesized according to one of several copper coupling procedures (Copper Coupling Methods A through D). A representative procedure is provided for each method. The coupling method used, as well as the reaction yield and characterization information for each compound is list ed within Table B.
Copper Coupling Method A
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(6‐(trifluoromethyl)p yridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxamide (Compound 315)
[391] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro panecarboxamide (30 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.0 eq), 5‐ bromo‐2‐(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (100 mg, 0.44 mmol , 3.7 eq), CuI (15 mg, 0.08 mmol, 0.66 eq), N,N‐ dimethylcyclohexane‐1,2‐diamine (6 mg. 0.04 mmol, 0 .33 eq), tripotassium phosphate (100 mg3.9 eq) and 1,4‐dioxane (1.5 mL) were combined under nitrog en and heated to 170 °C in a microwave for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was added 1:1 wat er/concentrated ammonium hydroxide (2 mL) and ethyl acetate (5 mL). The layers were separate d, and the aqueous phase was further extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts w ere dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromat ography (ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐(2‐ fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(6‐(trifluoromethyl)pyridin‐3 yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (7.2 mg, 15% yield).
Copper Coupling Method B
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(6‐methoxypyridin‐3 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamid e (Compound 319)
[392] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro panecarboxamide (40.0 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.0 eq), 5‐ bromo‐2‐methoxypyridine (30 μL, 0.23 mmol, 1.4 eq ), copper (I) iodide (15.5 mg, 0.08 mmol, 0.5 eq), tripotassium phosphate (69 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.0 eq), N ,N‐dimethylcyclohexane‐1,2‐diamine (13 μL, 0.08 mmol, 0.5 eq), and 1,4‐dioxane (2.0 mL) were combined. The reaction vessel was sealed and heated thermally to 140 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueo us NH 4 Cl. The layers were separated on a phase separation cartridge. The organics were con centrated, and the crude residue purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier) . The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The organics were separated and concentrated to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(6‐methoxypyridin‐3‐ yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (30.1 mg, 52% yield).
Copper Coupling Method C
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐(trifluoromethyl)pyri din‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐car boxamide (Compound 324)
[393] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro panecarboxamide (50.0 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1.0 eq), 4‐ bromo‐2‐(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (76 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.4 eq), copper (I) iodide (20 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.5 eq), tripotassium phosphate (110 mg, 0.52 mmol, 2.6 eq), N,N‐dimethylcyclohexane‐1,2‐diamine (15 μL, 0.10 mmol, 0.5 eq), and 1,4‐dioxane (2.0 mL) were combined. The reaction vessel was sealed and heated thermally to 110 °C for approximately 16 h. NMP (1.0 mL) was added, and heating was continued at 150 °C for approximately 60 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl. The mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filter pad was rinsed with dichloromethane. The filtrate layers were separated on a phase separation cartridge. The dichloromethane fraction was concentrated, and the crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetoni trile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and wa shed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The organics were separated and concentrated to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐ (trifluoromethyl)pyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)c yclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (7.5 mg, 9% yield).
Copper Coupling Method D
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(4‐methylthiazol‐2‐y l)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide
(Compound 374)
[394] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro panecarboxamide (40 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.0 eq), 2- bromo-4-methylthiazole (29 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.0 eq), Cu I (6.2 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.2 eq), potassium carbonate (5.6 mg, 0.25 eq), (1R,2R)‐cyclohexane‐1, 2‐diamine (3.7 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.2 eq), decane (13 μL, 0.07 mmol, 0.4 eq) and 1‐methyl‐pyrrolid in‐2‐one (3 mL) were combined in a sealed vial and heated to 130 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture w as cooled to room temperature and partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl. The organic layer was collected and evaporated to dryness. The crude residue was purifi ed by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The organics were separated and concentrated to provide 1-(2- fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(4-methylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)cy clopropane-1-carboxamide (4.5 mg, 8% yield).
Co er Cou lin Method E 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐[6‐(trideuteriomethoxy)p yridazin‐4‐yl]pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 432)
[395] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro panecarboxamide (50 mg, 0.187 mmol, 1.5 eq), 5‐iodo‐3‐(trideuteriomethoxy)pyridazine (30 mg, 0.1 26 mmol, 1.0 eq), copper(I) bromide (0 mg, 0.070 mmol, 0.56 eq), cesium carbonate (250 mg, 0.76 7 mmol, 6.1 eq) and DMF (2.0 mL) were combined. The resultant mixture was heated at 120° C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filtrat e directly purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in
dichloromethane, and the solution was washed with sat urated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organcis were collected and evaporated to provide 1 (2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐[6‐
(trideuteriomethoxy)pyridazin‐4‐yl]pyrazol‐3‐yl]cycl opropanecarboxamide (2.1 mg, 3% yield).
TABLE B. Compounds Prepared Using Copper‐Mediate d Aryl Coupling as Final Step
,
,
, , ,
, J
,
Example 1.5. COMPOUNDS PREPARED USING SnAr AS FINA L STEP
SCHEME S N Ar‐1. Preparation of compounds listed in Tab le C.
[396] Scheme S N Ar‐1 provides a general synthetic route for the preparation of compounds listed in Table C. Using 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrrol‐3‐yl)cycloprop ane‐1‐carboxamide and the appropriate selection of aryl halide, compounds were synthesized according to the representative procedure described below for 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(6‐methoxypyrimidin‐4 yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide . The reaction yield and characterization information for each compound is listed within Table C.
Representative Procedure for SnAr reaction
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(6‐methoxypyrimidin 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxam ide (Compound 358)
[397] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro panecarboxamide (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) was dissolved in N‐methylpyrrolidin‐2‐one (3.0 mL). To the resultant solution was added potassium carbonate (35 mg, 0.25 mmol) and 4‐chloro‐6‐meth oxy‐pyrimidine (20 mg, 0.14 mmol). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated in a microwave at 140 °C for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with dichlorometha ne, and washed with 1N NaOH and saturated aqueous NaCl. The organics were concentrated, and the crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier) to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐(6‐ methoxypyrimidin‐4‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarbo xamide (Compound 358, 3.4 mg, 6%).
TABLE C. Compounds Prepared Using SnAr as Final S tep
Example 1.6. COMPOUNDS PREPARED USING A BORONIC ACID COUPLING SEQUENCE
SCHEME Boron‐1. Preparation of compounds listed in Table D
Step 1: 3‐chloro‐2‐methoxy‐5‐(3‐nitro‐1H pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridine
[398] 3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazole (145 mg, 1.28 mmol, 1.2 eq), copper (II) chloride (14.4 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0.1 eq), DBU (199 μL, 1.33 mmol, 1.25 eq), and ethanol (5.0 mL) were combined and stirred for 5 minutes. (5‐chloro‐6‐methoxypyridin‐3‐yl)boronic acid (20 0 mg, 1.07 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added, air was bubble d through the reaction, and the mixture was heated to 60 °C for 5 days. The mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate evaporated. The cr ude residue was dissolved in dichlormethane and washed with 2N NaOH, saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl, water, and brine. The organic layer was collected and evaporated to provide 3‐chloro‐2‐methoxy‐5 (3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1‐yl)pyridine, the full qu antity of which was carried forward in the following step without further manipulation.
Step 2: 1‐(5‐chloro‐6‐methoxypyridin‐3‐yl) 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐amine
[399] 3‐chloro‐2‐methoxy‐5‐(3‐nitro‐1H‐pyrazol‐1 ‐yl)pyridine from Step 1 was dissolved in methanol (5.0 mL), to which was added iron (119 mg, 2.13 mm ol, 2.0 eq) and 7M NH 4 Cl (457 μL, 3.2 mmol, 3.0 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h, then the crude reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was evaporated to provide 1‐(5‐chloro‐6‐methoxypyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazo l‐3‐ amine, the full quantity of which was carried forward in the following step without further manipulation.
Step 3: N‐(1‐(5‐chloro‐6‐methoxypyridin‐3 yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclop ropane‐1‐ carboxamide (Compound 378) [400] 1‐(5‐chloro‐6‐methoxypyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazo l‐3‐amine from Step 2 was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL). To the solution was added triethylamine (297 μL, 2.13 mmol, 2.0 eq) and 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carbonyl chloride (212 mg, 1.07 mmol, 1.0 eq). The resultant mixture was stirred 16 h, and the solvent was then evaporated. The crude residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous NaHC O 3 . The organic layer was collected and evaporated, and the crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HP LC (acetonitrile/water with ammonium hydroxide modifier) to provide N‐(1‐(5‐c hloro‐6‐methoxypyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl )‐1‐ (2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (16.7 mg, 4% yield).
Table D. Compounds prepared using boronic acid c oupling sequence
Example 1.7. COMPOUNDS PREPARED VIA MISCELLANEOUS METH ODS
2‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐methyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H pyrazol‐3‐yl)acetamide (Compound 362)
[401] 2‐(2‐Fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)acetamide (63 mg, 0.21 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1.0 mL). Cesium carbonate (152 mg, 0.47 mmol) and dimethyl sulfate (30 µL, 0.32 mmol) were added, and the resultant reaction mixture was stirred 24 h at room temperature. Additional dimethyl sulfate (20 µL, 0.2114 mmol) was added, and the reaction w as stirred a further 6 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and wat er. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude oil was purified by silica chromatography (12 g silica column; linear gradient of 0 ‐ 50 % ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 2‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐methyl‐N‐(1‐phen yl‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)acetamide (46.7 mg, 71% yield ) as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.74 ‐ 7.57 (m, 2H), 7. 49 (m, 2H), 7.43 ‐ 7.19 (m, 3H), 7.19 ‐ 6.86 (m, 2H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 309 .13, found 310.49 (M+1).
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐y l)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐N‐methylcyclopropane‐1‐c arboxamide
[402] Compound 87 (30 mg, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (500 µL). Cesium carbonate (63 mg, 0.19 mmol) and dimethyl sulfate (42 µL, 0.4439 mmol) wer e added, and the reaction mixture was stirred 48 h at room temperature (~50% conversion to product observed by LCMS). The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. Th e layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude oil was purified by silica chromatography (12 g silica column; linear gradient o f 0 ‐ 50 % ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide 1‐ (2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl) 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐N‐methylcyclopropane‐1‐carbo xamide (9.2 mg, 28% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.23 (dd, J = 5.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 ( t, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dt, J = 5.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 ‐ 7.01 (m, 2H), 6.91 (ddd, J = 9.4, 8.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.31 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 3H), 1.74 (dd, J = 4.8, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 1.2 4 ‐ 1.12 (m, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 354.13, found 355.09 (M+1).
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐hydroxypyridin‐4 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamid e
[403] 1‐(2‐Fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐y l)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (200 mg, 0.59 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5.4 mL). To the solution was added H 2 O 2 (1 mL of 30 %w/w, 8.82 mmol) and NaOH (1 mL of 6 M, 6.00 mmol ). The resultant mixture was heated to reflux for 72 h. The solvent was reduced, and water was added resulting in precipitation of a white solid, which was collected by vacuum filtration and air‐dr ied. The solid was dissolved in hot methanol, ho t‐ filtered and then cooled first to room temperature f ollowed by cooling to 0 °C. The precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration and air‐dried to pro vide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐hydroxypyridin 4‐ yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (42.5 mg, 20% yield) as a colorless solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 9.60 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 ‐ 7.32 (m, 3H), 7.28 ‐ 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J = 7.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H) , 1.60 (q, J = 4.3 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (q, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H) ppm. ESI‐ MS m/z calc. 338.12, found 338.98 (M+1).
N‐(4‐fluoro‐1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1 carboxamide
[404] To a solution of 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐y l)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐ carboxamide (20 mg, 0.06 mmol) in acetonitrile (1.0 mL) was added Selectfluor (50 mg, 0.14 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, then 90 °C for 48 h. The solvent w as removed, and the crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The material thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane/methanol and passed through a PL‐HCO3 MP SPE cartridge. The filtrate was concentrated to provide N‐(4‐fluoro‐1‐(2‐ fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐ fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (6.0 mg, 27% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol‐d4) δ 8.46 (d , J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7. 63 (ddd, J = 5.8, 1.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (td, J = 7.6, 1. 8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 ‐ 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.28 ‐ 7.12 ( m, 2H), 2.03 (s, 1H), 1.70 (q, J = 4.2 Hz, 2 H), 1.32 ‐ 1.19 (m , 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 358.10, found 359.06 (M+1).
N‐[4‐fluoro‐1‐(5‐fluoro‐3‐pyridyl)pyrazol 3‐yl]‐1‐phenyl‐cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 445)
[405] To a solution of Compound 201 (10 mg, 0.031 mmol) in acetonitrile (2.0 mL) was added
Selectfluor (20 mg, 0.056 mmol). The resultant reac tion mixture was tirred at room temperature for 24 h, then 100 °C for 48 days. The reaction mix ture was diluted with DMSO and directly purified by by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier) to provide N‐[4‐fluoro‐1‐(5‐fluoro‐ 3‐ pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]‐1‐phenyl‐cyclopropanecarboxa mide (Trifluoroacetate salt, 2.4 mg, 15%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol‐d 4 ) δ 8.81 (dd, J = 2.2, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.43 8.36 (m, 2H), 8.01 (dt, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 ‐ 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.48 ‐ 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.40 ‐ 7.31 (m, 1H), 1.63 (q, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (q, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 340.11, found 341.07 (M+1).
N‐(1‐(5‐bromopyrimidin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 380)
[406] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro panecarboxamide (63 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.0 eq), 5‐ bromopyrimidine‐2‐carbonitrile (56 mg, 0.30 mol, 1. 2 eq), Copper (I) Iodide (40 mg, 0.21 mmol, 0.8 eq), potassium phosphate (110 mg, 0.5182 mmol), and dioxane (2.0 mL) were combined in a sealed vial and heated to 200°C for 5 minutes. The reac tion mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueo us NaCl. The organics were collected, evaporated to dryness, and purified by silica gel ch romatography (linear gradient 0 ‐ 40% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide N‐(1‐(5‐bromopyrimidin 2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐
fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (73.5 mg, 69% ). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO‐d6) δ 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.96 (s, 2H), 8.50 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 ‐ 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.23 ‐ 7.17 (m, 2H), 6.86 (d , J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.71 ‐ 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.27 ‐ 1.07 (m, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 401.02875, found 403.15 (M +1).
N‐(1‐(3,5‐difluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol 3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxa mide
[407] To a slurry of sodium hydride (60% w/w dispersion i n oil, 6.5 mg, 0.163 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)acetamide (40 mg, 0.163 mmol, 1.0 eq). After gas evolution subsided, 2,3,5‐trifluoropyridine (26 mg, 0.196 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added, and the resultant reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at 120 °C. The mix ture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The o rganics were collected and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC ( acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier). The product thus obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organics were colle cted, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to provide N‐(1‐(3,5‐difluoropyridin 2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐(2‐
fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (16.4 mg, 26% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d6) δ 9.53 (s, 1H), 8.27 ‐ 8.16 (m, 3H), 7.53 ‐ 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.30 ‐ 7.16 (m, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 2. 7 Hz, 1H), 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.17 (m, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 358 .1041, found 359.06 (M+1).
N‐(1‐(5‐chloropyridin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)‐1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide
[408] Prepared by the procedure described above for N‐(1 (3,5‐difluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl) 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compo und 391), except that 2,5‐dichloropyridine was used as the aryl halide starting material. Pro duct was obtained in 50% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d6) δ 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.48 (dd, J = 12. 4, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 8.05 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.54 ‐ 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.26 ‐ 7. 16 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 1.61 (m, 2 H), 1.17 (m, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 356.0840, found 357.14 (M+1).
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin 3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxa mide
(Compound 446)
[409] 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopro panecarboxamide (1.046 g, 3.903 mmol), 3,5‐ dichloropyridazine (620 mg, 3.907 mmol), potassium t butoxide (450 mg, 4.010 mmol) and DMF (10.0 mL) were comined. The resultant mixture was heated to 100°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. Th e layers were separated, and the aqueous further extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic fractions were washed withwater and brine, dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and concentra ted. The crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (linear gradient of MeOH/methylene chloride containing 0.1% TEA) to provide the desired product (320 mg), though it still contai ned impurities. A 30 mg of the impure product was purified by C18 preparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/wat er with TFA modifier) to provide N‐[1‐(6‐ chloropyridazin‐4‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]‐1‐(2‐fluoro phenyl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (trifluoroacetate salt, 13.5 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol‐d4) δ 9.58 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 ‐ 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.24 (td, J = 7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (ddd, J = 10.4, 8.3, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (s, 1H), 1.70 (q, J = 4.2 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (q, J = 4.2 Hz, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 357.08, found 358.13 (M+1).
1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐(6‐methoxypyridazin 4‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (Compound 447) [410] To a solution of Compound 446 (18 mg, 0.049 mmol) in MeOH (1.0 mL) was added
trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (10 µL, 0.113 mmol). Th e resultant solution was heated to 50 °C for 16 h. The solution was directly purified by C18 p reparatory HPLC (acetonitrile/water with TFA modifier to provide 1‐(2‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐[1‐(6 methoxypyridazin‐4‐yl)pyrazol‐3‐
yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide (trifluoroacetate salt, 3.0 m g, 12% yield) 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol‐ d4) δ 9.33 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (d, J = 2 .9 Hz, 1H), 7.55 ‐ 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.30 ‐ 7.13 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, J = 2.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 1.74 ‐ 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.24 (q, J = 4.2 Hz, 2H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 353.13, found 354.17 (M+1).
2‐(hydroxymethyl)‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 444)
Step 1:
[411] To a stirred solution of HBr (25 mL of 33 %w/v, 1 02.0 mmol) was added 1‐phenyl‐3‐
oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan‐2‐one (5 g, 28.70 mmol) port ion‐wise. Once addition was completed the solution was stirred at 80 °C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and stirred with 100 g of ice. A solid crashed out a nd was collected by filtration to yield 2‐
(bromomethyl)‐1‐phenyl‐cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ( 7.16 g, 98%) 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform‐ d) δ 7.47 ‐ 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.42 ‐ 7.31 (m, 3H ), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 2.19 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.68 (m, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 253.99, found 255.01 (M+1).
Steps 2 & 3:
[412] 2‐(bromomethyl)‐1‐phenyl‐cyclopropanecarboxylic aci d (1.6 g, 6.272 mmol) was added to
thionyl chloride (1.9 mL, 26.05 mmol) to form a sus pension. N,N‐dimethylformamide (5 µL, 0.0646 mmol) was added, resulting in gas evolution. The r esultant mixture was stirred overnight and concentrated under a stream of nitrogen to remove ex cess thionyl chloride. The resulting yellow amorphous solid was dissolved in methylene chloride ( 10.0 mL) and pyridine (1.4 mL, 17.31 mmol). 1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐amine (1 g, 6.282 mmol) was ad ded portion‐wise over 15 minutes, resulting in bubbling/exotherm and formation of a dark‐red purple color. The mixture was stirred overnight. LCMS indicated 2‐(bromomethyl)‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐p henylpyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide as the major component along with some 2‐(hydroxymethyl )‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐ yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide. Additional dichloromethane (20 mL) was added, and the organics were extracted from water on a phase separation cart ridge. The organic phase was evaporated, and the crude residue purified by silica gel chromatograp hy (linear gradient of EtOAc/heptane) to furnish 2‐(bromomethyl)‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenylpyrazol‐3 yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (728 mg, 29%) and 2‐ (hydroxymethyl)‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐ yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (300 mg, 13%). Characterization data for 2‐(hydroxymethyl)‐1‐pheny l‐N‐(1‐phenylpyrazol‐3‐
yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide: 1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform ‐d) δ 7.84 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.75 ‐ 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.61 ‐ 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.46 ‐ 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.32 ‐ 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.27 ‐ 7.19 (m, 1H) , 6.51 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (dd, J = 9.0, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 1.76 (m, 1H) , 1.35 (dd, J = 4.9, 4.9 Hz, 1H) ppm.
COMPOUNDS PREPARED VIA SFC SEPARATION OF A RACEMAT E
2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyra zol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 143)
[413] Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide and rel‐ (S)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐p yrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide were prepared by SFC separation of racemic mixture 2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl‐1H‐pyrazol ‐3‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 143) using 2 0 x 250 mm OJ‐H column with isocratic 30% methanol (5mM ammonia), 70% CO 2 as mobile phase. Absolute configuration of the separated enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned (as indicated wit h the prefix “rel” in the IUPAC name). The fi rst elution peak was assigned to Compound 366 and the l ater elution peak was assigned to Compound 367.
Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl ‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Co mpound 366)
[414] 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H ), 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.43 (m, 5H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.14 (m, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/ z calc. 339.12, found 340.02 (M+1). [α] D −61.5
Rel‐(S)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐phenyl ‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Co mpound 367)
[415] 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H ), 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 5H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.14 (m, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/ z calc. 339.12, found 340.02 (M+1). [α] D +62.3.
2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carbox amide (Compound 169)
[416] Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1 ‐
carboxamide (Compound 368) and rel‐(S)‐2,2‐difluor o‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 ‐yl)‐1‐ phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 369) were prepared by SFC separation of racemic mixture 2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐ carboxamide (Compound 169) using 20 x 250 mm OJ‐H column with isocratic 90% hexanes, 10% ethanol/methanol, 0.2% diethylamine as mobile phase. Absolute configuration of the separated enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned (as indicated wit h the prefix “rel” in the IUPAC name). The fi rst elution peak was assigned to Compound 368 and the l ater elution peak was assigned to Compound 369.
Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane 1‐carboxamide (Compound 368)
[417] 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 11.35 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H ), 8.29 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 2.19 ‐ 2.12 (m, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 358.10, found 359.17 (M+1). [α] D +44.5.
Rel‐(S)‐2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane 1‐carboxamide (Compound 369)
[418] 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 11.35 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H ), 8.29 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 2.19 ‐ 2.12 (m, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 358.10, found 359.17 (M+1). [α] D −38.4.
2,2‐dichloro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carbox amide
[419] Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐dichloro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1 ‐
carboxamide and rel‐(S)‐2,2‐dichloro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐ phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide were prepared by SFC separation of racemic mixture 2,2‐ dichloro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin‐4‐yl)‐1H‐pyra zol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide us ing 20 x 250 mm AD‐H column with isocratic 30% ethanol (5 mM ammonia), 70% CO 2 as mobile phase. Absolute configuration of the separated enantiomers wa s arbitrarily assigned (as indicated with the prefix “rel” in the IUPAC name). The first elu tion peak was assigned to Compound 366 and the late r elution peak was assigned to Compound 367.
Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐dichloro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane 1‐carboxamide (Compound 370)
[420] 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 11.39 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H ), 8.29 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.75 ‐ 7.66 (m, 3H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 390.05, found 390.87 (M+1). [α] D −42.1.
Rel‐(S)‐2,2‐dichloro‐N‐(1‐(2‐fluoropyridin 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane 1‐carboxamide (Compound 371)
[421] 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO‐d 6 ) δ 11.39 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H ), 8.29 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.75 ‐ 7.66 (m, 3H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI‐MS m/z calc. 390.05, found 390.87 (M+1). [α] D +47.6.
2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyridin‐4‐yl) ‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Co mpound 419)
Rel‐(S)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyridin 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxa mide and Rel‐ (R)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyridin‐4‐ yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide were prepared by SFC separation of racemic mixture 2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyridin‐4‐yl)‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 419) using 20 x 250 mm OJ‐H column with isocratic 60% hexanes/40% isopropanol (0.2% diethylamine) as mobile phase. Absolute configuration of the separated enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned (as indicated with the prefix “rel” in the IUPAC name). The first elution peak was assigned to Compound 433 and the l ater elution peak was assigned to Compound 434. Rel‐(S)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyridin 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxa mide (Compound 433)
ESI‐MS m/z calc. 340.11, found 341.06 (M+1) .
Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenyl‐N‐(1‐(pyridin 4‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)cyclopropane‐1‐carboxa mide (Compound 434)
ESI‐MS m/z calc. 340.11, found 341.06 (M+1).
2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin‐3‐yl)‐ 1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carbox amide (Compound 420)
Rel‐(S)‐2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin‐3 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1 ‐carboxamide and Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin‐3 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1 ‐ carboxamide were prepared by SFC separation of racemi c mixture 2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin‐3 ‐ yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐ carboxamide (Compound 420) using 10 x 250 mm AD‐H column with isocratic 40% methanol (5 mM ammonia), 6 0% CO 2 as mobile phase. Absolute configuration of the separated enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned (as indicated with the prefix “rel” in the IUPAC name). The first elution peak was assigned to Comp ound 435 and the later elution peak was assigned to Compound 436. Rel‐(S)‐2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin‐3 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1 ‐carboxamide (Compound 435)
ESI‐MS m/z calc. 358.10, found 359.06 (M+1). Rel‐(R)‐2,2‐difluoro‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin‐3 ‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1 ‐carboxamide (Compound 436)
ESI‐MS m/z calc. 358.10, found 359.06 (M+1).
N‐(1‐(3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐2, 2‐difluoro‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Co mpound 421)
Rel‐(S)‐N‐(1‐(3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxa mide and Rel‐(R)‐N‐(1‐(3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxa mide were prepared by SFC separation of racemic mixture N‐(1‐(3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)‐2,2 difluoro‐1‐ phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxamide (Compound 421) using 10 x 250 mm OJ‐H column with isocratic 15% methanol (5 mM ammonia), 85% CO 2 as mobile phase. Absolute configuration of the separated enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned (as indicated with the prefix “rel” in the IUPAC name). The first elution peak was assigned to Compound 437 and the l ater elution peak was assigned to Compound 438. Rel‐(S)‐N‐(1‐(3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3 yl)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carboxa mide (Compound 437)
ESI‐MS m/z calc. 373.08, found 374.05 (M+1).
Rel‐(R)‐N‐(1‐(3‐chlorophenyl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐ 3‐yl)‐2,2‐difluoro‐1‐phenylcyclopropane‐1‐carb oxamide (Compound 438)
ESI‐MS m/z calc. 373.08, found 374.05 (M+1).
1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropy ridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)spiro[2.2]pentane‐ 1‐carboxamide (Compound 473)
Rel‐(S)‐1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5 fluoropyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)spiro[2.2]p entane‐1‐ carboxamide and Rel‐(R)‐1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5 fluoropyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐ yl)spiro[2.2]pentane‐1‐carboxamide were prepared by SFC separation of racemic mixture 1‐(3‐ fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluoropyridin‐3‐ yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)spiro[2.2]pentane‐1‐carboxam ide (Compound 473) using 10 x 250 mm IB column with is ocratic 40% isopropanol (5mM ammonia), 60% CO 2 as mobile phase. Absolute configuration of the separated enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned (as indicated with the prefix “rel” in the IUPAC nam e). The first elution peak was assigned to Compoun d 499 and the later elution peak was assigned to Compound 500. (S)‐1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluor opyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)spiro[2.2]pentane ‐1‐
carboxamide (Compound 499):
1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform‐d) δ 8.64 (t, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dt, J = 4.6, 1 .5 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dt, J = 9.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (ddd, J = 9 .7, 8.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (ddd, J = 8.4, 4.6, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.12 ( d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 1.25 ‐ 1.16 (m, 2H), 0.97 (dt, J = 9.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 0.77 (dt, J = 8.8, 5.4 Hz, 1H) ppm. ESI MS m/z calc. 367.12, found 368.06 (M+1). (R)‐1‐(3‐fluoropyridin‐2‐yl)‐N‐(1‐(5‐fluor opyridin‐3‐yl)‐1H‐pyrazol‐3‐yl)spiro[2.2]pentane ‐1‐ carboxamide (Compound 500):
1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform‐d) δ 8.64 (t, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dt, J = 4.7, 1 .5 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 2.7, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dt, J = 9.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (ddd, J = 8.4, 4.7, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 ( d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2 .12 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 1.25 ‐ 1.15 (m, 2H), 0.97 (dt, J = 9.8, 5. 2 Hz, 1H), 0.77 (dt, J = 8.9, 5.3 Hz, 1H) ppm. E SI‐MS m/z calc. 367.12, found 368.06 (M+1).
COMPOUNDS PURCHASED COMMERCIALLY
[422] The following two compounds were purchased commerciall y from Enamine:
1‐(3‐fluorophenyl)‐N‐(4‐methyl‐1‐phenyl‐pyra zol‐3‐yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide (Compound 372), 1‐( o‐ tolyl)‐N‐[1‐(4‐pyridyl)pyrazol‐3‐yl]cyclopropane carboxamide (Compound 373), with their structures shown below, respectively.
Table E. Compounds prepared via miscellaneous method s described herein.
Example 2. IC 50 Assays; In vitro and in vivo efficacy studies Example 2.1. HEK293 VLCFA‐LPC IC 50 Determination. [423] HEK293 cells were treated with compounds, such as th ose listed in Tables A‐E of Example 1, using the representative manual protocols described below. The protocols below were also adapted to a semi‐automated protocol using standard methods in th e art. [424] Cell Culture Growth Conditions: HEK293 cells were maintained in FreeStyle F17 media (Gibco # A13835) supplemented with PenStrep (1%, Gibco # 15 070‐063), Glutamax (2%, Gibco # 35050‐061), and Pluronic (0.1%, Gibco # 24040‐032) (“supplemen ted media”). Suspension cultures were grown in disposable Erlenmeyer flasks at about 120 rpm, 37 o C, 5% CO 2 , and 80% humidity. Cell densities were kept between about 0.5 and 3 million cells per mL, in about 50 – 200 mL per flask. [425] Treatment of cells with compounds provided herein: The cells were treated with compounds using either a total of 900uL cell media volume (high‐vo lume assay) or a total of 200uL cell media volume (low‐volume assay). In the high volume assay, 450 µL of supplemented media plus 13C‐acetate (1.0 mg/mL, Sigma Aldrich # 282014) were added to 0.5 µ L of a compound (such as those in Tables A‐E) in DMSO in a polypropylene v‐bottom plate (Costar #336 3) in 1 of 3 dilution schemes. The contents of each well were mixed and transferred to a sterile p olypropylene deep‐well v‐bottom plate (Costar #3960). 450 µL of cultured HEK293 cells in supple mented media at a density of 1.0 million cells/mL was added to each well. In the low volume assay, 1 00 µL of supplemented media plus 13C‐acetate (1.0 mg/mL, Sigma Aldrich # 282014) were added to e ither 0.1 µL or 1.0 uL of a compound (such as those in Tables A‐E) in DMSO in a polypropylene v‐bottom plate (Costar #3363) in 1 of 3 dilution schemes. 100 µL of cultured HEK293 cells in suppl emented media at a density of 1.0 million cells/mL was added to each well. The high volume and low vo lume plates were sealed with either AirPore Tape Sheets (Qiagen #19571) or Duetz plate covers to control evaporation and placed into a shaking incubator at 225 rpm, 37 o C, 5% CO2, and 80% humidity for 48 hours. For both the high and low volume assays the 3 dilution schemes used were as f ollows: a) Top dose of 5uM with a 2.5 fold dilution scheme across 9 points to generate a 10‐point IC50 curv e b) Top dose of 5uM with a 2.5 fold dilution scheme across 7 points to generate a 8‐point IC50 curve c) Top dose of 0.2uM with a 2.5 fold dilution sche me across 7 points to generate a 8‐point IC50 cur ve
[426] Following incubation, treated cells were harvested by centrifugation at 1690xg for 10 minutes. In the high volume assay 200 uL treated cells were tra nsferred to a polypropylene v‐bottom plate (Costar #3363) prior to centrifugation. In the low volume assay the incubation plate was centrifuged directly, without a transfer step. The supernatant was then discarded and the analytes were extracted using 1 of 2 different extraction schemes. In the first s cheme, the cell pellet was visibly broken up by mix ing the cell pellet up and down in 100 µL of hexane/i sopropanol (60:40) 20 times. The resulting mixture was transferred to a 0.45µm Durapore membrane (Milli pore #MSH VN4510) atop a polypropylene v‐ bottom plate (Costar #3363) and filtered by centrifugation at 1690xg for 5 minutes. 120 µL of n‐ butanol containing 10 nM C13:0 lysophosphatidylcholine was added to the filtrate as an injection control standard, then the entire volume was transfer red to a new Durapore membrane / v‐bottom plate. In the second scheme, the cell pellet was vi sibly broken up by mixing the cell pellet up and d own in 180 µL of methanol containing 10 nM C13:0 lysophosphatidylcholine 20 times. The resulting mixture was transferred to a 0.45µm Durapore membrane (Millipore #MSH VN4510) atop a polypropylene v‐bottom plate and filtered by centrif ugation at 1690xg for 5 minutes. In both schemes, the plates were then sealed with pierceable capmats (Micronic MP53017) and stored at ‐20 o C until analyzed. [427] UHPLC / Mass Spectrometry Readout: The filtered org anic extraction was analyzed with a 1290 Agilent Infinity Series UHPLC coupled to an ABI Scie x QTrap 6500 mass spectrometer. Separation of the derivatized VLCFA, lysophosphatidylcholine, of varying chain lengths (e.g., C16:0, C18:0, C20:0, C22:0, C24:0, and C26:0) was achieved using an Ascen tis Express HILIC column (2.7 micron, 5 cm x 2.1 mm, Sigma #53934‐U). The UHPLC mobile phases consis ted of 100% water with 20 mM ammonium formate (solvent A) and acetonitrile (90%) / water ( 10%) with 20 mM ammonium formate (solvent B). The peak area for the mass spectrometry transition monitoring 13C‐labeled C26:0 lysophosphatidylcholine (638.500/104.100 m/z) was used to generate IC 50 values by fitting the data to a four parameter dose response (Y=Bottom + (Top Bottom)/ (1+10^ ((LogIC 50 ‐X)*Hill Slope)). In dilution scheme a), peak areas for the 13C‐labeled C26:0 were normalized to the median signal of the lowest tested concentration (negative control). In d ilution schemes b) and c), peak areas for the 13C labeled C26:0 were normalized between the average signal of 8 DMSO‐treated wells (negative control) and the average signal of 8 established C26 :0 LPC‐lowering compound‐treated wells (positive control). IC 50 values were generated using either GraphPad Pr ism (La Jolla, CA) or GeneData Analyzer Software (Basel, Switzerland). IC 50 values for a set of control compounds were f ound to be within acceptable variance regardless of the assay volume, e xtraction scheme, or dilution scheme utilized. Example 2.2. Reduction in C26:0 LPC concentration in human HEK and patient cells in vitro
[428] Lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC) VLCFA were generated from straight chain VLCFA (SC‐VLCFA) and were used clinically for newborn screening (Vogel et al., Mol. Genet. Metab. (2015) 114(4):599‐603). In vitro efficacy studies were performed by measuring LPC VLCFA level (measured as LPC synthesis) in various cell lines, specifically in 1) human HEK cells, 2) patient derived cells, and 3) human microglia, which are disease relevant CNS cells. Co mpound 87’s dose response relationships and IC 50 values were measured in HEK cells, primary pa tient fibroblasts, immortalized patient lymphocytes, and a human microglial cell line. To me asure LPC VLCFA synthesis, the foregoing cells were grown in the presence of 13 C labeled acetate (13C Labeled sodium acetate; Sigma Aldrich # 282014) and Compound 87 (prepared in DMSO) for about 48 hours. Primary patient fibroblasts and immortalized primary patient lymphocytes were acquired from the Coriell Cell Repository at the Coriell Institute for Medical Research.
[429] HEK293 cells: HEK293 cell culture protocol and treatm ent with compound, such as Compound 87, was described in example 2.1.
[430] Human microglia: Immortalized human microglia (Applie d Biological Materials (ABM); catalog # T0251; Richmond BC, Canada) were grown and sub‐cult ured following the subculturing protocols from ABM except DMEM (high glucose, pyruvate; LifeT ech Cat. No. 11995) was used instead of Prigrow III medium and standard tissue culture grade flasks and plates were used. Microglia cells were grown to about 80% confluence and the media wa s aspirated and washed once with DPBS. TryplE (or trypsin) was added and incubated for abou t 5 min until the cells detached. An equal volume of media was used to neutralize the detachmen t media and the cells were collected and counted. The cells were spun down at 1000 rpm for 5 min and brought back up in complete media and plated as required at the desired density the d ay before treatment.
[431] Cell assays for microglia cells were run in 12 well tissue culture treated plates. Assays run in 12 well plates were done either in 900 or 1000 ul of media plus Compound 87, which was added to 12 well plated by changing the media with media contain ing 1 mg/ml 13 C‐Sodium acetate. Cells were treated with Compound 87 for about 2 days at a dos e of 2uM, along with a 2‐fold dilution scheme across 11 points to generate a 12 points IC50 curve . After about 2 days compound treatment, the cells were harvested.
[432] Upon the completion of the compound treatment, the m edia (with compound treatment) was aspirated from the well. About 1‐2 ml of DPBS w as added to wash the cells. 100 ul of TryplE was added to the cells and allowed to incubate at room temperature or 37 o C for 5 min. The cells were scraped and transferred to a polypropylene V‐bottome d 96 well plate. Each well was then washed with another 100 ul of DPBS, scraped and transferred again to the same polypropylene V‐bottomed 96 well plate. The polypropylene plate was then cent rifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes. The supernatant was then removed. The plate was sealed with a plate tape and put at ‐80 o C for further VLCFA extraction and VLCFA quantitation on LC‐MS, a s described below. [433] B‐Lymphocytes: Immortalized primary patient lymphocy tes cell lines (cell lines GM13496, GM13497, and GM04674) were obtained from the Coriell Cell Repository at the Coriell Institute for Medical Research. Lymphocytes were cultured and plat ed at a desired cell density, such as 1x10 5 cells/well. Media used was RPMI + 2 mM Glutamine or Glutamax + 15% FBS (not heat inactivated). Assays were completed similar to the protocol describ ed for microglia cells except that round bottom 96 well plates were used and the assays were performed in 200 ul of complete media with 1 mg/ml 13C‐sodium acetate. Lymphocytes were treated with Compound 87 for about two days at the following doses: 2, 0.964, 0.464, 0.224, 0.108, 0.0519, 0.025, 0.0121, 0.0058, 0.0028, 0.00135, and 0.00065 µM. At completion of the assay, lymph ocytes were harvested by spinning down at 3000 rpm for 10 min and removing the supernatant. The plate was sealed with a plate tape and put at ‐80 o C for further VLCFA extraction and VLCFA quanti tation on LC‐MS, as described below.
[434] Patient fibroblasts: Primary patient fibroblasts were obtained from Coriell Institute for Medical Research. Fibroblasts were cultured by passing the cells at about 95% confluency (nearly 100%), aspirating the media, washing the plate with DPBS, adding TryplE (preferred) or trypsin to dislodge the cells and leave at 37 ˚C for 5‐10 min, coll ecting cells with at least as much volume as TryplE used to neutralize the trypsin, count the cells and calcu lating cell density. Fibroblasts were plated at a desired cell density, such as 1.9x10 5 cell/well, in 12 well plates the day before dosing with
Compound 87. 13C‐acetate (1.0 mg/mL, Sigma Aldrich # 282014) and Compound 87 were diluted in media and simultaneously added to a 50% confluent fi broblast culture in 12 well plates, following removal of the growth media. The cells were incubate d at 37 o C, 5% CO 2 , and 80% humidity for 48 hours with Compound 87 at the following doses: 2, 1 , 0.5, 0.25, 0.125, 0.0625, 0.03125, 0.015625, 0.0078125, 0.00390625, 0.001953125, and 0.000976563 µM . Upon the completion of the compound treatment, the cells were harvested similarly to the protocol described for microglia. The plate was sealed with a plate tape and put at ‐8 0 o C for further VLCFA extraction and VLCFA quantitation on LC‐MS, as described below.
[435] VLCFA extraction and quantitation on LCMS: Treated cells were transferred to a polypropylene v‐bottom plate and then centrifuged at 1690xg for 10 minutes. The supernatant was discarded and the cell pellet was disrupted by trituration in 100 uL of hexane (60%) / isopropanol (40%). The resulting mixture was transferred to a 0.45um Durapor e membrane (Millipore #MSH VN4510) atop a polypropylene v‐bottom plate and filtered by cent rifugation at 1690xg for 5 minutes. 120 uL of n butanol containing 10 nM C13:0 lysophosphatidylcholine was added to the filtrate, then the entire volume was transferred to a new Durapore membrane / v‐bottom plate. The resulting mixture was filtered as before followed by centrifugation at 1690 xg for 10 minutes. The plates were then sealed with pierceable capmats (Micronic MP53017) and stored at ‐20 o C until further analyzed using UPHLC/Mass Spectrometry Readout, as described above in example 2.1, which measured the integration of 13 C into lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC) indicated fa tty acid elongation. Specifically, C16:0, C18:0, C20:0, C22:0, C24:0, and C26:0 LPC lev els were measured via mass spectroscopy as described above and IC 50 values indicated half maximal reduction in C26 :0 LPC levels.
[436] Results: C26:0 LPC levels normalized by C16:0 LPC ar e shown in FIG. 1A, FIG. 1B, and FIG. 1C. Compound 87 lowered LPC C26:0 levels in human HEK293 , patient fibroblasts (CALD1, AMN1, AMN2), patient‐derived lymphocytes (CALD, Het Female 1, Het Female 2), and human microglia (see FIG. 1A, FIG. 1B, and FIG. 1C, and Table 5 below). Specifically, Compound 87 reduced C26:0 LPC synthesis in HEK cells, yielding an IC 50 of 8 nM. The potency of Compound 87 for ALD patient fibroblasts, lymphocytes, and microglia was similar to the potency for HEK cells.
Table 5. Compound 87 Potencies Across Cell Types
Note: ALD: adrenoleukodystrophy; AMN: adrenomyeloneuropa thy; CALD: cerebral
adrenoleukodystrophy; Het: heterozygous; LPC: lysophosph atidylcholine; IC 50 values indicate half maximal reduction in C26:0 LPC. Each n umber indicates a separate
measurement.
Example 2.3. Reduction of plasma C26:0 LPC in viv o in a mouse model, wild‐type rats, and wild‐typ e monkeys. [437] Bioanalysis of LPC in whole blood and brain tissue: A LC‐MS/MS method of analyzing Lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC) in whole blood (dried bl ood spot card, DBS) and brain tissue samples was developed for measuring the abundance of saturate d C16, C18, C20, C22, C24 and C26 LPC in DBS and brain samples. Whole blood was collected w ith Whatman DMPK‐C DBS card at an approximate volume of 20 μL at each time point. Br ain tissue was collected at the end point of the study. Samples were prepared and LC‐MS/MS analysis was performed as described below.
[438] Sample preparation for LPC bioanalysis: For DBS bioan alysis, the DBS card was punched at 3 mm in diameter using a semi‐automated DBS card puncher . To each punched spot 200 μL of pure methanol was added. The vial was vortexed at low sp eed for 20 minutes and centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 20 minutes. The clear supernatant was inject ed onto LC‐MS/MS for analysis. For brain tissue bioanalysis, brain tissue was collected in a tared homogenization tube pre‐filled with metal bead and weighted. To each sample vial two parts weight of methanol was added. The sample was homogenized using Precellys‐24 at 5000 rpm for 20 seconds with one cycle. A 100mg aliquot of homogenate was used for analysis. To each sample via l 400 μL of pure methanol was added. The vial was vortexed at low speed for 20 minutes and centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 20 minutes. The clear supernatant was injected onto LC‐MS/MS for analysis.
[439] LC‐MS/MS Analysis: The supernatant obtained from eac h sample was injected into a LC‐MS/MS system (Agilent Technologies, Santa Clara, CA and App lied Biosystems, Framingham, MA) for analysis. All six LPC components (C16:0, C18:0, C20 :0, C22:0, C24:0 and C26:0) were
chromatographically separated using a Series 1290 bina ry pump and a Phenomenex (Torrance, CA) Kinetex C18 analytical column (2.1x100mm, 5µm particl e diameter) with a 10‐min gradient. A 5% acetonitrile in water solution was used as the aqueo us phase and a 40% acetonitrile/60% methanol solution in 1% 2 Mol ammonium acetate was used as the organic mobile phase for achieving the chromatographic analysis. LPCs were detected by an AB Sciex API‐6500 triple quadrupole MS with electrospray ionization in the mode of multiple react ion monitoring. Ions of Q1 were monitored at m/z of 496.6, 524.6, 552.6, 580.6, 608.6 and 636.6 for LPC 16:0, LPC 18:0, LPC 20:0, LPC 22:0, LPC 24:0 and LPC 26:0, respectively. A common Q3 ion m/ z of 184.2 was used for all LPC analyses. C16:0LPC levels were expressed as a concentration. Al l other LPC levels were expressed relative to C16. A one‐way ANOVA with Dunnett’s multiple co mparisons test was performed to assess differences in LPC levels among the different groups. A value of P<0.05 was considered statistically significant. All statistical analyses were conducted u sing Prism Software version 7.01 (GraphPad, La Jolla, CA). [440] Dosing in ABCD1 knockout mice: To determine the effe ct of Compound 87 on blood VLCFA levels, Compound 87 was administered to ABCD1 knockou t (KO) mice, a model that reproduces the C26:0 VLCFA accumulation observed in ALD patients. Specifically, Compound 87 was administered orally (PO) QD at 1, 8, or 16 mg/kg to ABCD1 KO mice (n = 5 per group). DBS were collected on da y 0 (pre‐dosing), and daily through 14 days of dosing. DBS cards were stored at 4°C in sealed ziplock bags with desiccant until they could be analyzed for LPC using the sample preparation and LC‐ MS/MS as described above. The vehicle used was 2% D‐α‐Tocopherol polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (TPGS) and Compound 87 doses were prepared in 2% TPGS. ABCD1 KO mice showed 5‐ fold higher blood C26:0 LPC levels than WT mice, co nsistent with the elevations seen in human ALD patients (Van debeek 2016). Interperitoneal dosing, at 2 or 20 mg/kg (data not shown) or oral (PO) dosing at 1, 8, or 16 mg/kg (FIG. 2A) yielded simi lar results. A dose response was observed between 1 and 8 mg/kg. Plasma C26:0 LPC levels dropped over the first 8 days before plateauing at near WT baseline levels. FIG. 2A shows LPC/vehicle LPC levels (C26:0 LPC levels were normalized to C16:0 LPC levels and vehicle controls) for ABCD1 knockout mice without treatment, vehicle, 1, 8, or 16 mg/kg Compound 87 PO QD daily for 14 days. Error bars indicate standard deviation.
[441] Daily oral dosing in ABCD1 knockout mice: To establi sh the dose response relationship, WT and ABCD1 KO mice were treated with Compound 87 at dose s ranging from 0.5 to 64 mg/kg PO once daily (QD) for 28 days (FIG. 2B). The vehicle use d is 2% D‐α‐Tocopherol polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (TPGS) and Compound 87 doses were prepared in 2% TPGS. Mice were dosed daily (QD) orally (PO) with Compound 87 for 28 days (n=5 mice per group). DBS were collected (n=2 per mouse per time point) and DBS cards were stored at 4°C until they could be analyzed for lysophosphatidyl cholines (LPCs). DBS samples were prepared and anal yzed using LC‐MS/MS as described above. [442] The lowest dose tested, 0.5 mg/kg, yielded a statist ically significant reduction in C24:0 and C26:0 LPC levels compared to vehicle controls (50% reductio n, one‐way ANOVA with Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test, p = 0.0001). The dose response in ABCD1 KO mice plateaued with a reduction of approximately 75% in C26:0 LPC levels between the 4 mg/kg and 8 mg/kg doses. Blood area under the concentration time‐curves (AUCs) were 1951 (±28 9) ng.h/ml and 3487 (±657) ng.h/ml at the 4 mg/kg and 8 mg/kg doses, respectively. This maximal effect plateau aose at approximately WT baseline LPC levels. WT mice treated with Compound 8 7 also showed a reduction in VLCFA levels following Compound 87 treatment. The maximal effect p lateau in WT mice was reached between the 2 mg/kg and 16 mg/kg doses, and resulted in ab out a 65% reduction in C26:0 LPC levels to below baseline levels. In FIG. 2B, P value versus ABCD1 KO vehicle controls was 0.0001 at 0.5 mg/kg and higher doses (P≤0.0001); error bars indicated standa rd deviation.
[443] Reduction of plasma C26:0 LPC in vivo in rats and monkeys: Compound 87 was dosed PO (orally by oral gavage) QD at 30, 100, and 300 mg/kg in w ild‐type (WT) rats (n = 5) for 7 days (FIG. 2C). The lowest dose tested in rats, 30mg/kg, yielded about a 65% reduction in C26:0 LPC levels compared to vehicle controls. The 100 and 300mg/kg doses yielded about 75% and about 85% reductions, respectively compared to vehicle controls. C26:0 LPC levels in the blood were reduced to below WT baseline. The vehicle used was 5% TPGS and Compoun d 87 doses were prepared in 5% TPGS. Dried Blood Spot (DSB) samples were collected on day 7, a t termination of the experiment. DBS cards were stored at 4°C until they could be analyzed fo r LPC. DBS samples were prepared and analyzed using LC‐MS/MS as described above.
[444] Compound 87 was dosed PO QD at 30 mg/kg in wild‐ type male cynomolgus monkeys (n = 5) for 7 days (FIG. 2D) and showed about a 50% reduction in blood C26:0 LPC after 7 days of dosing. The vehicle used was 2% TPGS and Compound 87 doses were prepared in 2% TPGS. Dried Blood Spot (DSB) samples were collected at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8 and 24 hours post dose on Day 1 and Day 7, respectively. In addition, DSB samples were collecte d for all animals prior to dosing on study Days 3, 4 and 6. DBS cards were stored at 4°C until the y could be analyzed for VLCFAs. DBS samples were prepared and analyzed using LC‐MS/MS as described a bove.
[445] In FIG. 2C and FIG. 2D, **P≤0.01, ***P≤0.001, ** **P≤0.0001, one‐way ANOVA with Dunnett's multiple comparisons test; error bars indicate standar d deviation.
[446] Long term dosing in ABCD1 knock‐out mice: To exami ne whether continuous dosing maintained efficacy in blood, WT mice were dosed with vehicle (n=6) and female ABCD1 KO mice (n=6 per group) were dosed for 3 months with vehicle or with Compound 87 at 1 or 10 mg/kg PO QD. The vehicle used was 2% TPGS and Compound 87 doses were prepared in 2% TPGS. DBS were collected on day 0 (pre‐dose), day 1, and weekly through 12 weeks of dosing. DBS cards were stored at 4°C in sealed ziplock bags with desiccant until they could be analyzed for VLCFAs. DBS samples were prepared and analyzed using LC‐MS/MS as described a bove. Blood C26:0 LPC levels, depicted as C26:0 LPC/C16:0 LPC level, were assessed (FIG. 2E). A dose response was observed; the 1 mg/kg dose induced approximately a 65% reduction in C26:0 LPC levels in vivo and the 10 mg/kg dose induced approximately a 70% reduction in C26:0 LPC l evels in vivo. C26:0 LPC/C16:0 LPC levels in the blood were maintained at near WT levels followin g 3 months of dosing. A one‐way ANOVA with Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test yielded P value of < 0.001 and 0.0001, respectively for the 1 and 10mg/kg groups. Error bars indicated standard dev iation.
[447] Reversible reducing effect on LPC level: The C26:0 L PC reducing effect of Compound 87 was found to be reversible. After treating WT mice w ith vehicle (n=5) and adult female ABCD1 KO mice (n=5 per group) with vehicle, 1 or 8 mg/kg of Comp ound 87 PO (orally) QD (once per day) for 14 days (i.e., day 7 through day 21), treatments with Compound 87 and vehicle were discontinued and blood LPC levels were assessed for another 2 weeks. The vehicle used was 2% TPGS and Compound 87 doses were prepared in 2% TPGS. DBS were colle cted (n=2 per mouse per time point) on day 0, day 7 (before dosing with Compound 87 or vehicle), days 14 and 21 (while on Compound 87 treatment or on vehicle), as well as days 24, 28, 32 and 36 (after treatment with Compound 87 or vehicle were discontinued). DBS cards were stored at 4°C until they could be analyzed for lysophosphatidyl cholines (LPCs). DBS samples were p repared and analyzed using LC‐MS/MS as described above. Since this study is longitudinal ( multiple time points), a two‐way ANOVA was performed to assess differences in LPC levels among the different groups. A value of P<0.05 was considered statistically significant. All statistical a nalyses were conducted using Prism Software version 7.01. LPC levels returned to baseline level s in approximately 1 week after compound discontinuation, mirroring the kinetics observed follow ing Compound 87 initiation (FIG. 2F).
Example 2.4. Reduction of C26:0 LPC and SC‐VLCFA levels in wild‐type and ABCD1 KO brains. [448] To examine the effect of Compound 87 on VLCFA level s in the CNS, female ABCD1 KO mice were treated with vehicle, 1 or 10 mg/kg PO QD for 2 w eeks (14 days; n=5 per group), 1 month (28 days; n=5 per group), 2 months (56 days; n=6 per group), or 3 months (84 days; n=6 per group). The brain samples used in this study were from the same mice used in the long term dosing study in ABCD1 knock‐out mice and WT mice (see Example 2.3). Br ain tissue samples were collected after 2, 4, 8, or 12 weeks of dosing with vehicle or Compound 87. B rain samples were frozen at ‐70 o C and were analyzed for VLCFA (LPC, SC‐VLCFA, acyl‐carnitines) via liquid chromatography–mass spectrometry (LCMS) as described below. The vehicle used was 2% TPGS and Compound 87 doses were prepared in 2% TPGS.
[449] Levels of VLCFA, including straight chain very long chain fatty acids (SC‐VLCFA), acyl carnitines, and lysophosphatidylcholines (LPC), in the brain were examined. SC‐VLCFA were expected to be rapidly incorporated into other forms and acyl carnit ines were expected to be rapidly degraded, contributing to a short expected half‐life for thes e forms. LPC was expected to integrate into membranes, contributing to a longer expected half‐li fe.
[450] Compound 87 reduced C26:0 SC‐VLCFA levels in the b rains of ABCD1 KO mice after 2 months of treatment (data not shown), and levels were significa ntly reduced after 3 months (FIG. 4F). In this experiment, C26:0 SC‐VLCFA levels in ABCD1 KO mice were 10 fold higher than in WT mice (Poulos A., et al., Ann. Neurol. (1994) 36(5):741‐6; Asheue r M., et al., Hum. Mol. Genet. (2005) 14(10):1293‐ 303). There were no changes in SC‐VLCFA levels a t either 1mg/kg or 10 mg/kg dose after 2 weeks of dosing (not shown). The 1 mg/kg dose of Compound 87 reduced C26:0 SC‐VLCFA levels by about 30% at 2 months (not shown) and about 50% at 3 mo nths (FIG. 4F). The 10 mg/kg dose yielded a more rapid reduction followed by an apparent plateau, reducing C26:0 SC‐VLCFA by about 55% by month 2 (not shown) and by about 65% by month 3 ( FIG. 4F). Ten mg/kg of Compound 87 also induced a significant reduction in brain C24:0 SC‐V LCFA level after 3 months of dosing (P≤0.01) (FIG. 4E). In FIG. 4, P values versus ABCD1 KO vehicle controls are as follows: *P≤0.05, ** P≤0.01, *** P≤0.001, **** P≤0.0001; and error bars indicated standard deviation.
[451] Compound 87 reduced C26:0 acyl carnitine levels in t he brains of ABCD1 KO mice as well. After 2 months of treatment, C26:0 acyl carnitine levels s howed about a 50% reduction at 1 mg/kg and about a 70% reduction at 10 mg/kg. Data for acyl carnitine levels are not shown.
[452] LPC levels in the brains of ABCD1 KO mice showed m ore modest changes in response to
Compound 87. FIG. 3F shows levels of normalized C2 6:0 LPC in brains of wild‐type adult female mice (n=6) treated with vehicle and of adult female ABCD1 KO mice treated with vehicle (n=6), treated with 1 mg/kg of Compound 87 PO QD for 3 m onths (n=6), and treated with 10 mg/kg Compound 87 PO QD for 3 months (n=6). Brain C26:0 LPC levels in ABCD1 KO mouse were approximately 8 fold higher than in WT mice. There were no changes in LPC levels at either dose after 2 weeks of dosing (not shown). One mg/kg Comp ound 87 induced about a 30% reduction in brain C26:0 LPC at 2 months (not shown) that was m aintained through month 3 (FIG. 3F). Ten mg/kg Compound 87 induced about a 40% reduction in brain C26:0 LPC at 2 months (not shown) and 3 months (FIG. 3F). Both one mg/kg and ten mg/kg of Compound 87 induced a reduction in brain C24:0 LPC levels (normalized by C16:0 LPC levels) (F IG. 3E). P values versus ABCD1 KO vehicle controls are indicated as follows: *P≤0.05, ** P≤ 0.01, *** P≤0.001, **** P≤0.0001; error bars indicated standard deviation.
[453] These long term brain studies indicated that Compound 87 induced significant reductions in VLCFA levels in the brains of ABCD1 KO mice, a pre clinical model of CLD. Specifically, there were significant reductions in brain C26:0 LPC (FIG. 3F) and SC‐VLCFA (FIG. 4F) levels at both doses by 3 months of dosing. LPC levels exhibited more mode st changes, while acyl carnitines and straight chain VLCFA levels showed robust changes after 8 wee ks of dosing.
[454] Brain sample preparation: (i) 3 volumes of MeOH was add to each sample; (ii) homogenized tissue samples with FastPrep (FP120) at 4.5 intensity for 25 seconds; and (iii) aliquoted tissue lysates.
[455] LPC and acylcarnitine extraction with CHCl3/MeOH liqui d‐liquid extraction: Added 1 mL MeOH, then added 1 mL CH 3 Cl to the brain tissue lysates; incubated 30 m inutes at room temperature; added 1 mL CHCl 3 and 0.75 mL H 2 O; incubated 30 minutes; centrifuged max for 10 minutes; transferred lower layer to new vials; organic phase was dried using Turbo‐Vac. The resulting residue was re‐constituted with MeOH.
[456] 3‐step chemical derivatization of SC‐VLCFA using d imethylaminoethanol (VLCFA‐DMAE): (i) added oxalyl chloride (2 mol/l oxalyl chloride in CH 2Cl2, 200ul) to the dried mixture, incubated at 65 o C for 5 minutes; (ii) added 60 uL dimethylamin oethanol, incubated at 25 o C for 5 minutes and dried down; (iii) added 100 uL methyl iodide, incuba ted briefly and dried down. The resulting residue was re‐constituted with ethanol (EtOH).
[457] LCMSMS detection of VLCFA (e.g., spingomyelin (SM) an d LPC and derivatized VLCFA (FA‐
DMAE)):
LPC Detection:
Column: Discovery C18, 2.1x20mm
Phase A: 50%MeOH/5mM AF; Phase B: 2‐propanol
MS: 4000 Qtrap operated in ESI MRM positive mode
FA‐DMAE Detection:
Column: Synergi Polar RP, 2x150mm
Phase A: H2O/0.1%FA; Phase B: ACN/0.1%FA
MS: 4000 Qtrap operated in ESI MRM positive mode
Example 2.5. Thermal Pain Sensitivity in ABCD1 KO Mice in Prophylactic and Therapeutic Dosing Models [458] ABCD1 KO mice were used as a functional model of A MN. ABCD1 KO mice display a progressive loss of sensitivity to painful thermal stimulus simil ar to symptoms observed in AMN patients such as decreased sensitivity to touch. To determine the ef fect of Compound 87 on thermal sensitivity, Compound 87 was dosed PO QD either prophylactically or therapeutically to determine whether ABCD1 KO mice have different latency thresholds for the Plantar test (Hargreaves apparatus) response compared to wild‐type (WT) mice.
[459] For the prophylactic study, mice were tested beginnin g at 10 months of age (before the loss of pain sensitivity) using doses of either 5 or 20 mg/ kg. For the therapeutic study, mice were tested beginning at 18 months of age, after there was alre ady a significant loss of pain sensitivity, using doses of either 32 or 64 mg/kg. Mice did not have a significant drop in body weight or any other noticeable adverse effect during Compound 87 treatment in either experiment. The Plantar test (using a Hargreaves apparatus) was used andmeasured t he latency to respond to a thermal stimulus using the following protocol. An individual mouse w as placed into an individual compartment with a glass floor for about 10‐15 minutes until they wer e settled. Each individual mouse was given three trials with an infrared source on each hind paw (al ternated hind paws each time, and waited 5 minutes between each trial). The infrared source wa s placed under the glass floor and was positioned by the operator directly beneath the hind paw. A trial was commenced by depressing a key/button which turned on the infrared source and s tarted a digital timer. When a response was observed (paw withdrawal), the key/button was released and the latency to respond was recorded (in seconds).
[460] Prophylactic treatment with Compound 87 at 5 or 20 mg/kg reduced the loss of thermal pain sensitivity in ABCD1 KO mice (n = 8‐10 mice per group) (FIG. 5A). Compound 87 treated mice developed smaller deficits than vehicle treated mice. Dosing was initiated at 10 months of age, before the mice show deficits in thermal sensitivity. Ten‐month‐old ABCD1 KO mice initially had response latencies around 4 seconds, similar to WT m ice (indicated by the dashed horizontal line in FIG. 5A). Mice dosed with vehicle had a significant increase in response latencies over the 6 month period, consistent with a loss of thermal pain sensi tivity. Mice dosed with Compound 87 exhibited lower latencies than vehicle treated mice, indicating a restoration or preservation of thermal pain sensitivity and slowing of disease progression. Two‐ way ANOVA revealed a significant effect of time (p<0.0001), treatment (p<0.0001) and an interacti on (p<0.0001).
[461] Therapeutic treatment with Compound 87 reversed the l oss of thermal pain sensitivity in older ABCD1 KO mice (n = 8‐10 mice per group) (FIG. 5B ). Dosing was initiated at 18 months of age, afte r the mice developed deficits in thermal sensitivity, w hich occurs around 15 months of age. Eighteen‐ month‐old ABCD1 KO mice have response latencies of approximately 6 seconds, which are significantly longer than WT mice (indicated by the dashed horizontal line in FIG. 5B). The Plantar test (using a Hargreaves apparatus) was used and mea sured the latency to respond to a thermal stimulus using the previously described protocol. Base line measurements were performed before dosing was initiated and used to randomize mice into treatment groups. Mice dosed with vehicle had a gradual increase in response latencies over se veral months, consistent with further losses in thermal pain sensitivity as the mice age. Mice dos ed with Compound 87 showed a statistically significant improvement in response latencies compared to vehicle treated mice, suggesting slowing or an arrest of disease progression. Therapeutically treated mice showed statistically significant improvements relative to their 18 month baseline scor es. Two‐way ANOVA revealed a significant effect of time (p<0.0001), treatment (p=0.0053) and an interaction (p<0.0001).
Example 3. Metabolic Stability of Compound 87
[462] The metabolic intrinsic clearance (CL int ) of Compound 87 was determined in human, monk ey, dog, rat, and mouse hepatocytes. Cryopreserved human hepatocytes (Lot Hue50c), monkey hepatocytes (cynomolgus; Lot Cy328), dog hepatocytes ( beagle, Lot Db235), rat hepatocytes (Sprague Dawley; NNH), and mouse hepatocytes (CD‐1; Lot Mc522) were obtained from
ThermoFisher (Paisley, UK). In separate experiments, compound 87 (1 µM) was incubated with hepatocytes from each species (0.5 million cells/mL, suspension) in Dulbecco’s Modified Eagle’s Medium (DMEM) supplemented with 4‐(2‐Hydroxyethyl)pi perazine‐1‐ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES, 9 mM) and fructose (2.2 mM) (pH 7.5). Samples were quenched with acetonitrile and analyzed by LC‐ MS/MS. The mean CL int for Compound 87 in human, monkey, dog, rat, and mouse hepatocytes after incubation for 4 hours was determined to be ≤2.5, ≤2.5, 7.2, 23.6 and 10.7 µL/min/million cells. Based on these date, Compound 87 was low to moderat ely metabolized in hepatocytes in mouse, rat, dog, monkey, and human, and the rank order of stability at 1µM was approximately human>monkey>dog>mouse >rat. Thus, Compound 87 was shown to have favorable in vitro metabolic stability. The metabolic stability of Comp ound 87 was not expected.
[463] While a number of embodiments of this invention have been described, it is apparent that the basic examples may be altered to provide other embod iments that utilize the chemical entities, methods, uses, and processes of this invention. The refore, it will be appreciated that the scope of this invention is to be defined by the appended cla ims rather than by the specific embodiments that have been represented by way of example herein.
Next Patent: BISMUTH-GADOLINIUM NANOPARTICLES